1. DL manuals
  2. Panasonic
  3. Copier
  4. Workio DP-C265
  5. Service Manual

Panasonic Workio DP-C265 Service Manual

Summary of Workio DP-C265

  • Page 1

    Order number: mgcs071206c0 h21 digital color imaging systems dp-c405 / c305 / c265 [ version 1.1 ] this service information is designed for experienced repair technicians only and is not intended for use by the general public. It does not contain warnings or cautions to advise non-technical individu...

  • Page 2

    2.

  • Page 3

    3.

  • Page 4: Important Notice

    4 important notice this service information is designed for experienced repair technicians only and is not intended for use by the general public. It does not contain warnings or cautions to advise non-technical individuals of potential dangers in attempting to service a product. Products powered by...

  • Page 5

    5.

  • Page 6

    6 for pb and other destinations, not for pu (usa/canada).

  • Page 7: Unpacking Caution

    7 unpacking caution do not lift the paper transport unit by the pc board, as damage to the pc board will occur. Make sure to lift the paper transport unit as shown in the illustrations below . Note: refer to the installation instructions when installing the unit..

  • Page 8

    8 precautions power and ground connection cautions ensure that the plug connection is free of dust. In a damp environment, a contaminated connector can draw a significant amount of current that can generate heat and eventually cause fire if left unattended over an extended period of time. Always use...

  • Page 9

    9 once a month, unplug the machine and check the power cord for the following. If you notice any unusual condition, contact your authorized panasonic dealer . The power cord is plugged firmly into the receptacle. The plug is not excessively heated, rusted, or bent. The plug and receptacle are free o...

  • Page 10

    10 operating safeguards do not place a magnet near the safety switch of the machine. A magnet can activate the machine accidentally, resulting in injuries. Do not use a highly flammable spray, or solvent near the machine. It can cause fire. When copying a thick document, do not use excessive force t...

  • Page 11

    11.

  • Page 12

    12.

  • Page 13

    13.

  • Page 14

    14 memo.

  • Page 15

    Table of contents 15 specifications table .............................. 17 1.1. Copy function.........................................17 1.2. Fax, printer and internet fax functions ................................................28 1.3. System combination for dp-c405 series...........................

  • Page 16

    Table of contents 16 7.5. Adjustment............................................623 7.6. Service notes .......................................625 installation (for pb and other destinations)......... 627 8.1. Precautions during set up ...................627 8.2. Unpacking...............................

  • Page 17

    17 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 1 specifications table 1.1. Copy function items description remarks dp-c405 series (dp-c354 series) (dp-c322 series) multi function 1 copy function yes 2 printer function std : pcl6 option : ps3 3 scanner function (network only) dp-c405 / c305 / c265 std : mono...

  • Page 18

    18 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 10 adf paper capacity (original) 100 sheets (ltr) 100 sheets (a4) 85 sheets (ltr) 70 sheets (a4) 70 sheets (ltr/a4) usa/canada etc. Ltr : 20 lb (75 g/m 2 ) other destinations a4 : 80 g/m 2 original exchange speed mono up to 45 cpm up to 35 cpm up to 32 cpm ltr ...

  • Page 19

    19 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 mono lt / a4, from paper tray exit to inner tray up to 40 cpm dp-c405 - - up to 35 cpm - dp-c354 - up to 32 cpm - dp-c323 dp-c322 up to 30 cpm dp-c305 - - up to 26 cpm dp-c265 dp-c264 / c263 dp-c262 up to 21 cpm - dp-c213 - 15 tone scale color 256 steps (each c...

  • Page 20

    20 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 25 multi copy range 999 sheets 26 memory main memory std. (sc pcb) 512 mb dp-c354 / c264-pu 512 mb dp-c323 / c263 / c213- pu 256 mb 256 mb max. 512 mb (std.) 512 mb (256 mb page memory: option) page memory std. (sc pcb) 512 mb dp-c354 / c264-pu 384mb dp-c323 / ...

  • Page 21

    21 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 27 paper stack capacity inner tray ltr : 24 lb / a4 : 90 g/m 2 these numbers may vary with the kind of paper used and/or ambient conditions by detecting paper full sensor. Std. 250 sheets with paper transport (opt.) 150 sheets outer tray 250 sheets ltr : 24 lb ...

  • Page 22

    22 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 7 counter key counter capability no mechanical total counter yes supplied as a service part for usa/canada etc. 8 memory page memory 256 mb 128 mb x 2 sd memory card (w/ sd/sdhc memory card on sc pcb) 96 mb (64 mb - 4 gb) 96 mb (64 mb - 1 gb) for fax/internet f...

  • Page 23

    23 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 image overlay yes (12 images) (hdd: std.) yes (1 image) max 12 images with hdd option image repeat yes others (inverting adf & adu) 2-page copy mode yes ldr → ltr x 2 (a3 → a4 x 2, b4 → b5 x 2) 2 in 1 yes 4 in 1 yes 6 in 1 yes for usa/canada, etc. 8 in 1 yes fo...

  • Page 24

    24 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 job completion notice yes proof copy mode yes function mode yes interrupt yes electronic counter yes digital sky shot mode yes manual skyshot mode yes 3 control panel display color vga touch panel lcd status lamp yes green: data & active red/yellow: caution & w...

  • Page 25

    25 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 error code yes finishing yes warning indicators yes add toner yes (each color) drum yes (each color) toner waste container full yes paper indicator yes 0% and less than 10%, 50%, 100% add paper (under 50 sheets) no paper jam indication yes paper jam location ye...

  • Page 26

    26 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 toner waste container 28 k ratio: color vs. Black = 2 : 8, image coverage 5%, lt/a4, 4 pages/job. Developer life 480 k change as developer unit efficiency 1 productivity adf productivity (ltr / a4) i-adf 100% adu copy productivity (ltr / a4) throughput when exi...

  • Page 27

    27 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2 packing weight scanner/ i-adf pre-installed model 407.9 lb (185 k g) - usa/canada only scanner & i-adf unit 127.9 lb (58 k g) 123.2 lb (56 k g) printer unit 313.1 lb (142 k g) 321.2 lb (146 k g) 3 accessories process unit yes developer yes toner no toner wast...

  • Page 28

    28 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 1.2. Fax, printer and internet fax functions 1.2.1. Fax function items description remarks dp-c405 series (dp-c354 series) (dp-c322 series) main specifications 1 compatibility g3 itu-t std. & non-std. 2 pstn line port yes 1-line only 3 leased line port no 4 v.2...

  • Page 29

    29 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5 document size (max.) adf: ldr / a3 6 effective scanning width ldr :10.8 in (274 mm) / a3 : (292 mm) 7 a3 size tx/rx yes conforms to itu-t a3 8 reduction xmt yes a3 to b4 / a3 to a4 / b4 to a4 9 adf capacity 100 sheets (ltr) 100 sheets (a4) 85 sheets (ltr) 70 ...

  • Page 30

    30 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 6 max. Station name characters 15 7 full number dialing (buffered dialing) yes max. 70 stations 8 direct dialing (monitor dialing) yes voice mode 9 automatic redialing yes default setting is up to 5 times at 3 min. Intervals, however, if a busy line is not dete...

  • Page 31

    31 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 16 duplex scanning yes 17 multi-station selection prohibition yes no 18 confirmation of selected station yes no 19 direct dial prohibition yes no 20 direct dial re-entering yes no reception features 1 substitute reception yes 2 fixed reduction yes ltr/a4/lgl: 7...

  • Page 32

    32 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4 comm. Journal yes with image data 5 last ind. Xmt journal yes list printouts 1 one-touch list - 2 abbr. No. List - 3 program list yes 4 address book search list yes auto dialer list 5 fax parameter list yes 6 file list yes with view mode 7 ind. Xmt journal ye...

  • Page 33

    33 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 1.2.2. Printer function items description remarks dp-c405 series (dp-c354 series) (dp-c322 series) interface 1 centronics parallel i/f no 2 lan (network) ethernet 10base-t / 100base-tx 3 usb port yes usb 2.0 high/full speed support 4 ieee-1394 no firewire print...

  • Page 34

    34 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 note: 1. Pcl6 is a page description language of the hewlett-packard company. 2. Ps/ps3 is a page description language of the adobe systems incorporated. 11 duplex printing yes custom size/postcard size is not available. 12 collation stack yes 13 status monitor ...

  • Page 35

    35 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 1.2.3. Network scanner function items description remarks dp-c405 series (dp-c354 series) (dp-c322 series) interface 1 centronics parallel i/f no 2 lan (network) ethernet 10base-t/ 100base-tx 3 usb port no port is used for printing only. 4 ieee-1394 no firewire...

  • Page 36

    36 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 1.2.4. Internet fax function items description remarks dp-c405 series (dp-c354 series) (dp-c322 series) main specifications 1 communication protocols smtp / pop3 2 max. Modem speed n/a 3 coding scheme jbig/mmr/mr/mh 4 file format tiff 5 lan (network) ethernet 1...

  • Page 37

    37 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 received fax / email forward yes local print available pc to fax transmission no inbound routing yes using sub-address local print available phone book registration from pc yes via email 4 internet fax parameters registration via email yes 5 internet delivery c...

  • Page 38

    38 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 1.2.5. Sd memory card on the sc pcb (not the front slot) sd memory card formatting structure and partitioning by function note: 1. This function is available only when an sd memory card is installed on the pcb (not in the front slot), and is used for g3 fax / i...

  • Page 39

    39 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 1.3. System combination for dp-c405 series scanner unit main pc board (sc pc board) - usb interface - 10/100 ethernet interface tray 2 (550 sheet paper) inverting adf (i-adf) adf pc board option standard configuration color panel (pnl pc board) main memory 256 ...

  • Page 40

    40 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 1.4. Options and supplies for dp-c405 series 1. Options note: 1. Pcl6 is a page description language of the hewlett-packard company. 2. Ps3 is a page description language of the adobe systems incorporated. 3. Availability may differ as per destination. Please a...

  • Page 41

    41 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2. Supplies note: 1. Availability may differ as per destination. Please ask your sales company for detail. 2. The yield of a toner cartridge varies depending on the coverage, temperature, humidity, media, etc. Therefore, the average yield cannot be guaranteed (...

  • Page 42: Tion

    42 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 3. Option configuration a d u pr inter sc anner i- adf da-fs405 da-fs402 d a -x t320 d a -sp41 1- b in fin isher ex it tr ay ( o uter ) 1-b in s a ddle-s titch fin isher pu nch unit pa per transpo rt un it 550 x 2 550 + c ab in e t d a -d s 320 d a -d s 321 sy ...

  • Page 43

    43 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 1.5. Options and supplies for dp-c354/c322 series 1. Options note: 1. Pcl6 is a page description language of the hewlett-packard company. 2. Ps3 is a page description language of the adobe systems incorporated. 3. Availability may differ as per destination. Ple...

  • Page 44

    44 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2. Supplies note: availability may differ as per destination. Please ask your sales company for detail. Part name part number remarks dp-c354/c323/c264/c263 toner cartridge (black) 28k dq-tus28k (yield is based on 5% coverage, lt/a4, continuous print) toner car...

  • Page 45: Tion

    45 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 3. Option configuration a d u pr inter sc anner i- adf da-fs356 da-fs350 d a -x t320 d a -sp41 1- b in fin isher ex it tr ay ( o uter ) 1-b in s a ddle-s titch fin isher pu nch unit pa per transpo rt un it 550 x 2 550 + c ab in e t d a -d s 320 d a -d s 321 sy ...

  • Page 46: Tion

    46 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 a d u pr inter sc anner i- adf d a -x t320 d a -sp41 1- b in fin isher ex it tr ay ( o uter ) 1-b in s a ddle-s titch fin isher pu nch unit pa per transpo rt un it 550 x 2 550 + c ab in e t d a -d s 320 d a -d s 321 sy stem c onso le sy stem c onso le 2 pa ge m...

  • Page 47: Tion

    47 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 a d u pr inter sc anner i- adf d a -fs325 d a -fs320 d a -x t320 d a -sp4 1 1- b in fin isher ex it tr ay ( o uter ) 1-b in s a ddle-s titch fin isher pu nch u n it pa per transpo rt un it fax c omm unicat ion b oar d d a -f g320 550 x 2 550 + c ab in e t d a -...

  • Page 48

    48 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 1.6. External view 1. Standard configuration 32.5 in (826mm) 36.7 in (933 mm) 26.1 in (664 mm) manufacturer's name and address factory id complies with fda radiation performance standards, 21 cfr subchapter j (for usa only) front view right view left view rear ...

  • Page 49

    49 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2. With optional system console and finisher configuration 1-bin finisher (da-fs402 / fs350 / fs320) 1-bin saddle-stitch finisher (da-fs405 / fs356 / fs325) 46.73 in (1187 mm) 10.51 in (267 mm) 14.84 in (377 mm) front view right view left view top view rear vie...

  • Page 50

    50 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 3. Space requirements with options main unit + exit tray (outer) main unit main unit + 1 bin finisher 55.48 in (1410 mm) 45.87 in (1165mm) 3.94 in (100 mm) 11.85 in (301 mm) 3.94 in (100 mm) 3.94 in (100 mm) 3.94 in (100 mm) 15.11 in (384 mm) main unit + 1 bin ...

  • Page 51

    51 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 1.6.1. Serial number contents the contents of the 11-digit serial number is as follows: 2 3 4 5 6 1 sequential production number 5-digit sequential production number 00001 ~ 99999 = 1 ~ 99,999 units a0001 ~ y9999 = 100,000 ~ 329,976 units (letters "i" and "o" a...

  • Page 52

    52 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 1.7. Control panel note 1: model availability may differ as per destination. Please ask your sales company for details. Note 2: lcd display brightness adjustment to adjust the brightness of the lcd display, press and while holding down the “clear” key, keep pre...

  • Page 53

    53 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 1.8. Fans 1.9. Motors pressure roller fan right cover fan ih fan lsu fan lvps fan ih driver fan toner bottle fan lift motor (tray 1) lift motor (tray 2) lift motor (tray 3) lift motor (tray 4) adf paper feed motor adf feed motor drum motor 1 paper transport uni...

  • Page 54

    54 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 1.10. Sensors paper size sensor (1722, 1723) platen cover (adf) open sensor (401-12) platen cover (adf) angle sensor (401-11) adf original length sensor 2 (401-03) adf original length sensor 1 (401-04) adf original width sensor 1 (401-02) adf original width sen...

  • Page 55

    55 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 thermistor (hr1) thermistor (hr2) fuser roller rotating encoder 1 (1819-19) fuser roller rotating encoder 2 (1819-18) thermistor (pr) (5031) fuser pressure release sensor 1 (1819-17) fuser pressure release sensor 2 (1819-16) fuser entrance sensor (1819-43) ih c...

  • Page 56

    56 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 1.11. Clutches and switches 1.12. Pc board pickup roller solenoid (tray 1) paper feed roller clutch (tray 1) pickup roller solenoid (tray 2) paper feed roller clutch (tray2) pickup roller solenoid (tray 3) paper feed roller clutch (tray 3) pickup roller solenoi...

  • Page 57

    57 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2 disassembly instructions 2.1. General disassembly pertinent disassembly instruction sections are shown below. I-adf str unit and intermediate transfer (it) unit 2.2.1. Scanner unit 2.2.10. 2.2.2. Process unit control panel unit 2.2.11. 2.2.3. Lsu fuser unit 2...

  • Page 58

    58 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2.2. Disassembly instructions 2.2.1. Inverting-automatic document feeder (i-adf) unit (1) lift the original tray assembly. (2) clean the exit roller (814). (3) open the adf cover. (4) clean the pickup roller (511), paper feed roller (508), separation roller (61...

  • Page 59

    59 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (7) remove the paper feed roller shaft assembly by pulling in the arrow direction. (8) remove the paper feed roller (508). (9) move the pickup bracket. (10) remove 2 snap rings (h7). (11) remove the pickup roller shaft (510). (12) remove the pickup roller (511)...

  • Page 60

    60 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (13) remove 3 screws (x8). (14) remove the lower opening and shutting guide 1 (601). (15) remove the separation roller assembly. (16) remove the snap ring (h6). Note: when reinstalling, make sure that the snap ring is installed properly as illustrated..

  • Page 61

    61 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (17) remove the separation roller shaft (607). (18) remove the separation roller (610). Note: when reassembling the separation roller, make sure that the yellow tooler's die on the side of the roller is positioned as illustrated (facing the front frame). (19) l...

  • Page 62

    62 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (25) remove 1 screw (j2). (26) loosen 3 screws (s6). (27) lift up the original tray assembly. (28) remove the adf rear cover (627). (29) remove 3 screws (5m). (30) remove the front adf gear bracket assembly. (31) remove the 16t gear (825). (32) remove 1 screw (...

  • Page 63

    63 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (34) release the adf cover arm (624). (35) remove the adf cover assembly. Note: when reinstalling the adf cover assembly, make sure that the vibration guide sheet 1 and 2 are reinstalled properly as illustrated. Note: when reinstalling the adf cover assembly, m...

  • Page 64

    64 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (38) clean the registration roller 2 (818). (39) remove the snap ring (g6). (40) remove 1 screw (x5). (41) loosen 1 screw. (42) remove the registration limiter bracket (829) as illustrated. (43) remove the limiter joint (828). (44) remove the registration rolle...

  • Page 65

    65 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (46) remove 2 snap rings (g6). (47) remove the clutch 1 (801). (48) remove 2 d8 bearings (822). (49) remove the registration roller 2 (818). (50) remove 2 registration guide sheets 1 (1119), and 2 registration guide sheets 2 (1120). Caution: do not remove the i...

  • Page 66

    66 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 note: when reinstalling the registration guide sheet 1 and 2, make sure that the sheets are placed on the marks as illustrated. (51) open the lower opening and shutting guide assembly. (52) lift the original tray assembly. (53) lower the inverting guide assembl...

  • Page 67

    67 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (56) remove 4 screws (x5). (57) remove the lower exit guide (716). (58) clean the transport roller (816)..

  • Page 68

    68 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2.2.2. Scanner unit (1) open the adf. (2) clean the white reference sheet, and scanning pad with a soft cloth, saturated with isopropyl alcohol. (3) clean the scanning (s) glass, and platen (l) glass with a soft cloth, saturated with isopropyl alcohol. (4) remo...

  • Page 69

    69 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (6) remove the glass assembly. (7) remove 1 screw (x5). (8) remove 2 screws (x3). (9) remove the heat sink plate (1608). (10) move the scanning lamp to a position where it can be easily replaced. (11) remove 3 screws (x5). (12) release the harness from the clam...

  • Page 70

    70 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (14) turn the inverter pc board case upside down. (15) disconnect the flat harness on the inverter pc board. (16) remove the inverter pc board assembly. (17) disconnect the lamp harness. (18) remove the scanning lamp (1615). (19) remove 2 screws (x8). (20) remo...

  • Page 71

    71 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (21) remove 8 screws (x5). (22) remove the ccd cover (1627). (23) disconnect 2 harnesses on the ccd pc board. (24) remove 2 screws (y23). (25) remove the ccd unit (1631). Important: before proceeding, make a note of the position of the alignment pointer. If the...

  • Page 72

    72 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (26) remove 2 screws (y31). Dp-c405 series : pb and other destinations (except pu / pt) (27) remove 2 metal clamps on the afe pc board. (28) disconnect all the harnesses on the afe pc board. (29) remove 4 screws (y31). (30) remove the afe pc board (1630)..

  • Page 73

    73 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (31) remove 2 screws (x5). (32) disconnect 2 harnesses from the sensor. (33) remove 2 multi beam sensor 1 (1722). Note: 1. Do not touch the surface of the sensors with your hands. 2. Clean any dirt or fingerprints with a dry cotton swab. 3. Do not use isopropyl...

  • Page 74

    74 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (41) clean the mirror 1 (1602) with a soft cloth. Note: 1. Do not touch the surface of the mirrors with your hands. 2. Clean any dirt or fingerprints with a dry cotton swab. 3. Do not use isopropyl alcohol or any other alcohol. (42) remove 2 screws (s6). (43) r...

  • Page 75

    75 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (47) remove 2 screws (x5). (48) remove the adf harness holder (1517). (49) disconnect the adf harness. Note: when reinstalling the adf, take note of the connector position, and its keys. Insert it gently, and do not force the connector if it is facing the wrong...

  • Page 76

    76 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (56) unhook, and remove the motor spring (1708). (57) disconnect the harness. (58) remove 2 screws (y21). (59) remove the motor bracket assembly. (60) remove the e-ring (j7). (61) remove the reduction gear (1711). (62) remove 2 screws (y16). (63) remove the sca...

  • Page 77

    77 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (64) disconnect the harness. (65) remove the photo sensor ( 401-13 ). (adf) open sensor> (66) disconnect the 2 harnesses. (67) remove 2 photo sensors ( 401-11, 401-12 ). Note: ensure that the sensor harnesses are reinstalled properly as illustrated..

  • Page 78

    78 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2.2.3. Control panel unit * notice: california only: this product contains a cr coin cell lithium battery which contains perchlorate material - special handling may apply. See www.Dtsc.Ca.Gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate (1) remove 1 screw (x5). (2) remove the ba...

  • Page 79

    79 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (5) remove 4 black screws (1218). Note: this allows the removal of the control panel unit in the following steps. (6) adjust the control panel to the 4th position. (7) loosen 1 screw (y47). (8) loosen 1 screw (y47). (9) remove the back panel cover (1206). Avert...

  • Page 80

    80 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 for pb and other destinations (10) remove 2 screws (x5). (11) adjust the control panel to the 2nd position. (12) unhook, and remove the damper spring (1208). (13) remove the control panel unit by pulling the release lever as illustrated. (14) disconnect the har...

  • Page 81

    81 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (15) turn the control panel unit upside down. (16) remove 1 screw (x8). (17) remove the battery holder (1306). (18) remove 1 screw (x5). (19) remove the release lever (1305). (20) remove 2 screws (x1). (21) remove the lower panel cover (1304). (22) release the ...

  • Page 82

    82 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (30) remove 1 screw (x8). (31) remove the pnl 4 pc board (1333). (32) remove 2 screws (x8). (33) remove the pnl 3 pc board (1332). (34) remove 4 screws (x8). (35) remove the pnl 2 pc board (1331). (36) remove 4 screws (x8). (37) remove the lcd module (1326). (3...

  • Page 83

    83 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (40) disconnect the harness on the sdi pc board. (41) remove 4 screws (x5). (42) remove the sdi cover (1203), and sdi pc board (1217)..

  • Page 84

    84 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2.2.4. Fuser unit (1) open the right side upper cover. (2) remove 1 screw (x5). (3) remove the harness cover 2 (4813). (4) disconnect the harness. (5) loosen 2 screws. (6) remove the fuser unit (4815)..

  • Page 85

    85 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (7) unhook 2 pressure springs (5006). Caution: don't use a plier for unlocking the springs, not to damage the spring. Ensure the pressure springs are unlock position when replace the fuser belt unit. Caution: to unlock the pressure springs: press the energy sav...

  • Page 86

    86 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (11) remove 3 black screws (y41). (12) remove the shaft plate (4916). (13) remove the worn-out fuser belt unit (4926). (16) remove 1 black screw (y41). (17) remove the harness cover 3 (4921). (18) disconnect 3 harnesses..

  • Page 87

    87 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (19) remove 3 black screws (y41). (20) remove the shaft plate (4916). (21) remove 3 black screws (y41). (22) remove the shaft plate (4916). (23) disconnect 2 harnesses. (24) remove the worn-out fuser belt unit (4926)..

  • Page 88

    88 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (25) remove all the tapes, and shipping material from the new belt unit. (26) remove the 2 bands. (27) remove the protective paper, and shipping materials. (28) remove 2 pins. (29) install the new fuser belt unit on the fuser main unit. (30) hook 2 pressure spr...

  • Page 89

    89 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 for dp-c405 / c354 series> follow the steps below skip to step (39) (31) reinstall 2 black screws. (32) reinstall the shaft plate. (33) reinstall 1 black screw. (34) reinstall 2 black screws. (35) reinstall the shaft plate. (36) reinstall 1 black screw. (37) re...

  • Page 90

    90 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 note: when connecting, exercise care not to touch the fuser belt. Note: ensure that the harnesses are reinstalled properly as illustrated. (39) reinstall 2 black screws. (40) reinstall the shaft plate. (41) reinstall 1 black screw. (42) reinstall 2 black screws...

  • Page 91

    91 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (45) connect 2 harnesses. Note: ensure that the sensor harnesses are reinstalled properly as illustrated. Red harness : “r” carved sensor black harness : “bk” carved sensor (46) remove the shipping cover. (47) connect the 3 harnesses. Note: when connecting, exe...

  • Page 92

    92 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 note: ensure that the harnesses are reinstalled properly as illustrated. (48) reinstall the harness cover 3 (4921). (49) reinstall 1 black screw. (50) install the fuser unit. (51) secure 2 screws. (52) connect the harness. (53) reinstall the harness cover 2 (48...

  • Page 93

    93 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (58) remove the protective paper, and shipping materials. See the installation steps in this section. Note: when reinstalling the complete fuser unit, reset the pm counter. Perform “f8-26” fuser belt counter reset, and “f8-27” fuser main counter reset. (f7-02-6...

  • Page 94

    94 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2.2.5. Ih unit (1) remove 11 screws (s6). (2) remove the rear cover assembly. (3) remove 1 screw (y31). (4) remove the cone pc board (3922). For dp-c405 series pu / for dp-c354/c322 series follow steps (5) - (8) (5) disconnect all the harnesses on the sc pc boa...

  • Page 95

    95 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (10) remove 1 screw (x5), and harness with the metal clamp. (11) disconnect all the harnesses on the sc pc board (6401). (12) remove the harnesses from 4 clamps. (13) remove 13 screws (x5). (14) remove the sc pc board assembly by lifting, and turning to the lef...

  • Page 96

    96 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (18) disconnect all the harnesses on the motdrv pc board (6504). (19) remove the fan harness from 2 clamps. (20) remove 2 screws (x5). (21) remove the ih fan assembly. (22) remove 5 screws (x5). (23) remove the ih pcb bracket (4004). (24) remove 2 screws (x5). ...

  • Page 97

    97 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (27) remove the harness from 3 mini clamps, and 6 clamps. (28) remove 2 screws. (29) remove the right side rear cover (205). (see sect. 2.2.6.) (30) open the right side upper cover. (see sect. 2.2.4.) (31) remove the fuser unit. (see sect. 2.2.4.) (32) remove 2...

  • Page 98

    98 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (35) remove the harness from 6 clamps. 1. Remove 5 screws (x5, x9, y46). 2. Remove the bracket assembly by lifting up the paper transport unit. 3. Remove 1 screw (x5) by pushing the flap downward as illustrated. 4. Remove the front cover (7112). 5. Disconnect t...

  • Page 99

    99 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 6. Remove the paper transport unit by pulling the lock lever as illustrated. (36) remove 4 screws (x5). (37) remove the paper exit unit. (38) pull tray 1, and tray 2 half way out. (39) open the front cover. (see sect. 2.2.11.) (40) remove 2 screws (y13). (41) r...

  • Page 100

    100 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (42) remove 2 screws (s6). (43) release the lever arm. (44) unlock 2 front cover attachment pins (220) by turning them in the upward direction, and sliding to the right. (45) remove the front cover. (46) remove 2 screws (s6). (47) remove the inner rear cover (...

  • Page 101

    101 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (50) remove 4 screws (s6). (51) remove the front right cover (209) by releasing the latch on the exit cover (202). (52) loosen 1 thumb screw. (53) remove 1 screw (s6). (54) lift the scanner unit slightly, and remove the exit cover (202). (55) remove the bracke...

  • Page 102

    102 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (56) remove 2 screws (x5). (57) remove the ih unit. Caution: when removing the ih unit, pull it out gently. To prevent damaging the harness, carefully guide it throughout the side of the frame..

  • Page 103

    103 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 remove 2 screws from both sides. Caution: when reinstalling the ih unit, make sure that the ih fan duct is positioned inside of the ih sheet..

  • Page 104

    104 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2.2.6. Auto duplex unit (adu) (1) open the jam cover. (2) open the sheet bypass tray. (3) remove 2 screws (s6). (4) remove the right side front cover (206). (5) remove 3 screws (s6). (6) remove the right side rear cover (205). (7) open the upper right side cov...

  • Page 105

    105 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (8) disconnect 3 harnesses on the adu pc board (cn403, cn404, cn405) (9) release 3 harnesses from the edge saddle. (10) remove the lower dumper bracket (2114). (11) remove the dumper (2116). (12) open the lower right side cover. (13) remove 1 snap ring (g6). (...

  • Page 106

    106 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (15) remove the adu. Note: when reinstalling the adu, make sure that the harnesses are reinstalled properly as illustrated. (16) remove 1 screw (x5). (17) remove the exit guide bracket (2308)..

  • Page 107

    107 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (18) remove 1 screw (x5). (19) remove the exit guide bracket (2308). (20) remove 3 screws (x8). (21) remove the guide cover (2307). (22) disconnect the harness. (23) remove the photo sensor ( 1819-38 ) assembly. (24) remove 3 screws (x8). (25) remove the adu u...

  • Page 108

    108 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 clean the adu 1st roller with a soft cloth, saturated with water. (26) remove 1 screw (x3). (27) remove the cover knob (2202). (28) remove 9 screws (x8). (29) remove the coating clip (2219)..

  • Page 109

    109 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (30) remove the harness clamp (2218). Note: make sure to reinstall the harness clamp properly as illustrated. (31) remove the adu cover (2201). (32) remove 5 screws (x8). (33) remove the cover plate (2203). (34) remove the spring ground (2208)..

  • Page 110

    110 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (35) remove 1 e-ring (j7). (36) remove the latch (2210). (37) remove the left latch spring (2211). (38) remove the bushing (2213). (39) remove the latch lever shaft (2209) assembly. (40) release the harness from the clamps. (41) remove 2 screws (x4). (42) remo...

  • Page 111

    111 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 note: when reinstalling the cover, make sure that the harness band is reinstalled properly as illustrated..

  • Page 112

    112 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2.2.7. Paper exit transportation (1) open the right side upper cover. (see sect. 2.2.4.) (2) remove the fuser unit. (see sect. 2.2.4.) (3) remove 2 screws (s6). (4) remove the top cover (207). (5) disconnect 2 harnesses on the adu pc board (cn401, and cn402), ...

  • Page 113

    113 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (10) move the paper transport unit slightly to the left by pulling the lock lever as illustrated. (11) remove the paper exit unit (see the previous step). (12) remove 1 screw (x5). (13) disconnect the harness. (14) remove the photo sensor ( 1918-02 ). (15) rem...

  • Page 114

    114 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (20) remove the arm spring (3227). (21) remove 2 screws (x5). (22) remove 2 screws (y16). (23) remove the clutch bracket (3226). (24) remove the d z27m1 gear (3224). (25) remove the clutch shaft (3225). (26) remove 2 screws (x5). (27) remove the sensor cover a...

  • Page 115

    115 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (30) remove 1 screw (y1). (31) remove the exit guide (227). (32) clean the exit roller (3302), and upper pinch roller (3208), lower pinch roller (3301)with a soft cloth, saturated with water..

  • Page 116

    116 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2.2.8. Lower right side cover unit (1) remove the right front cover . (see sect. 2.2.6.) (2) remove the right rear cover . (see sect. 2.2.6.) (3) remove the sheet bypass tray cover. (see sect. 2.2.9.) (4) open the lower right side cover. (see sect. 2.2.10.) (5...

  • Page 117

    117 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 clean the ohp detection reflector with a soft cloth, saturated with isopropyl alcohol. Note: when reinstalling the lower right side cover unit, pull the lock lever to the locked position in the direction illustrated by the arrow. (10) remove 3 screws (x5). (11...

  • Page 118

    118 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (13) disconnect the harness. (14) remove 1 screw (y24). (15) remove the sensor bracket (2825) assembly. (16) remove the photo sensor ( 1819-06 ). (17) remove 2 screws (y16). (18) remove guide bracket assembly. (19) remove the str unit (2535) as illustrated..

  • Page 119

    119 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (20) remove 1 screw (x8). (21) remove the plate cover bracket (2734). (22) turn the lower right side cover unit upside down. Note: before turning the unit upside down, make sure to remove the str unit, or the str may get damaged. (23) open the lower adu door. ...

  • Page 120

    120 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (27) remove 2 screws (x8). (28) remove the adu guide 2 (2824). (29) disconnect the harness. (30) release the harness from 2 latches. (31) remove 2 screws (x8). (32) remove the adu sensor base (2821) assembly. (33) remove the photo sensor ( 1819-07 )..

  • Page 121

    121 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (34) disconnect the harness on the adu pc board (cn407). (35) remove 4 screws (x5). (36) remove the registration unit. Intermediate roller sensor (dp-c405 / c305 only)> clean the registration sensor 2 ( 1918-01 )and intermediate roller sensor (2130)with a dry ...

  • Page 122

    122 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (39) disconnect the harness on the rohp pc board. (40) remove 2 screws (f10). (41) remove the rohp pc board (2110). (42) disconnect 2 harnesses. (43) remove the harness from 2 clamps. (44) remove 2 screws (f10). (45) remove the ri sensor plate (2131). For dp-c...

  • Page 123

    123 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2.2.9. Sheet bypass unit (1) open the jam cover. (see sect. 2.2.6.) (2) open the sheet bypass tray. (see sect. 2.2.6.) (3) remove the right front cover. (see sect. 2.2.6.) (4) remove the right rear cover. (see sect. 2.2.6.) (5) remove the sheet bypass tray cov...

  • Page 124

    124 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (10) lift the sheet bypass tray as illustrated. (11) remove the tray spring (2916). (12) remove 1 screw (x8). (13) remove the tray plate shaft (2917). (14) remove the tray assembly. Note: when removing the tray assembly, carefully separate as illustrated. (15)...

  • Page 125

    125 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (19) remove 2 screws (x8). (20) remove the arm bracket assembly. (21) remove the dfp roller (3111). Clean the dfp roller with a soft cloth, saturated with water. (22) remove 3 screws (x5). (23) remove the upper plate (3008). (24) remove 1 screws (x5). (25) rem...

  • Page 126

    126 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (26) remove 2 snap rings (h6). (27) remove 2 stoppers (3007). (28) remove 2 spacers (3006). (29) remove the front pickup roller (3005). (30) remove the rear pickup roller (3012). Clean the pickup roller with a soft cloth, saturated with water. Caution: when re...

  • Page 127

    127 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2.2.10. Str unit and intermediate transfer (it) unit (1) open the sheet bypass tray. (2) open the lower right side cover. (3) remove 2 screws (y16). (4) remove the guide bracket assembly. (5) remove the str unit (2535). (6) remove the snap ring (2714). (7) rem...

  • Page 128

    128 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (8) push on the str guide to lock it in the down position. (9) remove 2 screws (y45). (10) push down the white latches on both sides, and pull on them to release the it unit from the locked position. (11) while holding the it unit by the center as illustrated,...

  • Page 129

    129 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (12) while holding the it unit on both sides, release the lock by pushing the lever to the right. (13) carefully pull the it unit (3420) out of the machine while holding it by both sides. Caution: pull the it unit out straight and leveled (horizontal), or the ...

  • Page 130

    130 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 and the toner registration sensor (right/left)> (15) slide the sensor cover toward the front as illustrated. (16) while holding it in the open position, wipe the surface of the toner registration, and toner density sensors through the frame holes. Note: when c...

  • Page 131

    131 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (24) unhook 4 link arm springs (3408). (25) set 4 link arms to the locked position as illustrated. (26) remove 4 black screws (y29) from the right side..

  • Page 132

    132 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (27) remove 4 black screws (y29) from the left side. (28) remove the handle plate bracket assembly. Caution: when removing and installing the handle plate bracket assembly, hold both side of the bracket as illustrated, and don’t touch the it belt. (29) remove ...

  • Page 133

    133 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (33) place the it unit on its side with the side that has the belt position mark facing upward. (34) bend the it unit at the bending point up to maximum bending position. Caution: confirm that the it unit is at the maximum bending position for removing the it ...

  • Page 134

    134 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (37) remove 4 snap rings (3545) securing the ftr by turning over the protect sheet as illustrated. Note: when removing snap rings, exercise care not to remove the snap ring holding the backup roller. (38) remove 4 ftr (3546) by turning over the protective shee...

  • Page 135

    135 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (41) remove 2 black screws (y29). (42) remove the drive roller brush assembly (3635). Roller, adjustment roller, and drive roller> (43) clean the bias roller, initial point sensor roller, adjustment roller, and drive roller with a soft cloth, saturated with is...

  • Page 136

    136 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (46) remove 2 adjust bushings (3419). Note: use the adjustment bushings enclosed with the new it belt to accommodate for the belt length variations. (47) install 1 (new) adjustment bushing (3419) to the right side. (48) install 1 (new) adjustment bushing (3419...

  • Page 137

    137 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 note: when reinstalling the snap ring, use a pair of pliers as illustrated. (50) reinstall the 4 ftr. Note: reinstall the ftr by turning over the protective sheet. Note: when reinstalling the ftr, the direction is not critical, and it can be installed in eithe...

  • Page 138

    138 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 caution: when removing and installing the it belt, hold the side band of the it belt as illustrated. Don’t touch the center of the belt, or the printing quality will be affected. Caution: when installing the it belt, align the position of roller steps, and bel...

  • Page 139

    139 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (53) straighten the it unit to its original shape as illustrated. Note: take your time during the installation, and proceed cautiously. (54) reinstall the left position plate. (55) reinstall the handle plate bracket assembly. (56) hook 4 springs. (57) reinstal...

  • Page 140

    140 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (62) using a pair of pliers as illustrated, reinstall the left position plate (3416). (63) reinstall 1 black screw (y29). (64) reinstall the handle plate bracket assembly. (65) reinstall 4 black screws (y29) from the left side. Caution: when removing and insta...

  • Page 141

    141 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (67) release 4 link arms from the locked position as illustrated. (68) hook 4 link arm springs (3408). (69) reinstall the upper paper guide (3411). (70) reinstall 2 black screws (y29). (71) reinstall the lower paper guide (3412). (72) reinstall 2 black screws ...

  • Page 142

    142 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (73) reinstall the cleaning unit (3418). (74) reinstall 2 black screws (y29). (75) maintain the it unit leveled by holding it on both sides while installing it into the machine. Note: when installing, ensure that the str bracket locks in place. Note: slide the...

  • Page 143

    143 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (77) unlock the str guide. Caution: when unlocking, exercise care not to pinch your fingers with the str guide. (78) install the str unit. Note: during the installation ensure that the hook is properly attached. (79) reinstall the guide bracket. Note: when rei...

  • Page 144

    144 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2.2.11. Process unit note: the procedure below describes how to replace the developer unit for the cyan color. (1) open the front cover. Caution: when the windows shown by the arrow are yellow, close all of the doors, and turn the main power switch off, and on...

  • Page 145

    145 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (5) unlock the drum units (cyan and magenta) by turning the drum release knob counterclockwise. Note: to remove the hopper unit in step 16, the drum unit(s) relevant to the developer unit being replaced must be unlocked, and removed first. (see the table below...

  • Page 146

    146 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (8) remove 2 screws (y13). (9) remove the inner stack cover (203). (10) clean the toner supply cylinder with a vacuum cleaner. (11) remove 6 screws (y33). (12) remove the pipe cover (4421). (13) place a clean sheet of paper (i.E. Ledger or a3) on top of the fr...

  • Page 147

    147 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (14) lock the drum unit by turning the drum release knob clockwise. Note: this step eases the removal of the hopper unit in the next step. (15) remove 1 screw (y13). (16) remove the hopper unit as illustrated. Note: pull the bottom portion out by clasping with...

  • Page 148

    148 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (18) clean the toner entrance with a vacuum cleaner. (19) release the lever arm. (20) remove 2 screws (y1). (21) remove the wtc lower cover (4401). (22) release 2 harness clamps. (23) disconnect the developer harness..

  • Page 149

    149 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (24) remove 3 screws (x5). (25) remove the developer front bracket (4422). (26) clean the developer front bracket (4422) with a vacuum cleaner. (27) pull the developer unit (cyan) (5443) out. Note: do not open the shutter, or toner will spill out. Note: ensure...

  • Page 150

    150 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (30) gently peel the tape off in the direction of the arrow. (31) remove 2 screws (x8). (32) remove the developer cover (5401) by releasing 4 latches. Note: only if a problem occurs, perform the step below. If there is no problem, skip to the step (34). (33) t...

  • Page 151

    151 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (34) shake the developer bottle a few times to loosen its contents. (35) carefully pour the developer evenly into the developer unit while turning the gear as illustrated. Make sure to empty the bottle. (36) reinstall the developer cover. (37) install the new ...

  • Page 152

    152 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (41) reinstall the hopper unit. Note: 1. When reinstalling, make sure that the 2 projections on the hopper unit are seated in the 2 holes firmly, and at the same time, the supply cylinder is properly positioned as illustrated. 2. If the hopper unit are not sea...

  • Page 153

    153 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (50) turn the toner cartridge upside down as illustrated, then reinstall the toner cartridge. (51) reinstall the toner waste container. Note: do not close the front cover. (52) plug the ac power cord. (53) turn the main power switch on the back, and the power ...

  • Page 154

    154 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2.2.12. Lsu (1) open the front cover. (2) pull the 2nd paper tray out. (3) remove 5 screws (s6). (4) remove the left cover. For dp-c405 series : pb and other destinations (5) loosen 4 screws. (6) remove the bracket. Caution: when reinstalling the bracket, make...

  • Page 155

    155 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (7) remove 1 screw (y45). (8) remove the ground harness. (9) remove 1 screw (y33). (10) remove the lsu fan (4302). (11) disconnect 3 harnesses on the lsu pc board. Important: before proceeding, make a note of the alignment pointer position. If the lsu is not r...

  • Page 156

    156 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2.2.13. Paper feed module (1) remove the sheet bypass tray. (see sect. 2.2.9.) (2) remove the lower right side cover unit. (see sect. 2.2.8.) (3) disconnect the harness on the adu pc board (cn408, cn409). (4) release the harness from 2 clamps. (5) pull the 1st...

  • Page 157

    157 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (8) remove the snap ring (h7), and pickup roller (1926) while pushing the solenoid as illustrated to lift the shaft of the pickup roller, for easy removal. Clean the pickup roller surface with a soft cloth, saturated with water. (9) remove the snap ring (h6). ...

  • Page 158

    158 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (13) remove the bushing (1915). (14) remove the one way clutch (1923). (15) remove the feed roller (1922). Clean the feed roller with a soft cloth, saturated with water. (16) disconnect the harnesses. (17) remove 2 sensors ( 401-14, 401-15 ). (18) remove the j...

  • Page 159

    159 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (20) disconnect the harness. (21) remove 1 screw (y19). (22) remove the 2nd paper feed module. Note: follow the instructions of steps (8) - (17) for the 1st paper feed module. (23) remove the sheet bypass tray. (see sect. 2.2.9.) (24) remove the lower right si...

  • Page 160

    160 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2.2.14. System console (1) open the jam cover. (2) pull the 3rd paper tray out. (3) remove 2 screws (s6). (4) remove the right side rear cover (6704). (5) remove 1 screw (y19). (6) remove the cover belt (6715). (7) remove the jam cover while pushing the releas...

  • Page 161

    161 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (8) disconnect the harness. (9) release the harness from the clamp. (10) remove 1 screw (y19). (11) remove the 3rd paper feed module. Note: follow the instructions for steps (8) - (17) of the 1st paper feed module. (see sect. 2.2.13.) (12) pull the 4th paper t...

  • Page 162

    162 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (15) remove 1 screw (y19). (16) remove the 4th paper feed module. Note: follow the instructions for steps (8) - (17) for the 1st paper feed module. (see sect. 2.2.13.) (17) open the jam cover. (18) clean the 3rd/4th intermediate roller with a soft cloth, satur...

  • Page 163

    163 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2.2.15. Pc boards, hvps, hdd (1) remove 11 screws (s6). (2) remove the rear cover assembly. (3) remove 1 screw (y31). (4) remove the cone pc board (3922). (5) disconnect all harnesses on the sc pc board. (6) remove 10 screws (y31). (7) remove the sc pc board (...

  • Page 164

    164 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (11) remove 3 screws (x5). (12) remove the left ec pcb bracket (3909). For dp-c405 series : pu follow steps (13) - (15) (13) remove the harnesses from all clamps on the sc pcb bracket (3901). (14) remove 12 screws (x5). (15) remove the sc pcb bracket (3901). F...

  • Page 165

    165 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 for dp-c354 / c322 series follow steps (20) - (24) (20) remove the harnesses from all clamps on the sc pcb bracket (3901). (21) remove 12 screws (x5). Note: for pb and other destinations remove the additional 13th screw (x5), illustrated as screw a. (22) remov...

  • Page 166

    166 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (29) remove 7 screws (x5). (30) remove the ec pcb bracket (3908). (31) disconnect all harnesses on the hvps2 pc board. (32) remove 8 screws (y31). (33) remove the hvps2 pc board (4015). (34) remove 3 screws (x5). (35) pull the hvps1 pc board assembly out..

  • Page 167

    167 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (36) remove 12 screws (x5). (37) remove 2 hvps1 pc boards (4014). (a) : for yellow / magenta (b) : for cyan / black (38) remove 4 screw (x5). (39) pull the hvps2 pcb bracket (4003) out. (40) open the front cover. (41) remove the toner waste container. (42) tur...

  • Page 168

    168 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (45) disconnect the harness on the motor pc board assembly. (46) remove 3 screws (x5). (47) remove the motor assembly. Note: these procedures are for motor assemblies no. 1 (5901), no. 3 (5903), no. 4 (5905), and no. 6 (6126) shown in the illustration of step ...

  • Page 169

    169 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (51) disconnect all the harnesses on the motdrv pc board. (52) release 3 pcb spacers (4006). (53) remove the motdrv pc board (6504). (54) release the harness from 2 clamps. (55) remove 2 screws (x5). (56) remove the fan assembly. (57) remove 5 screws (x5). (58...

  • Page 170

    170 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (60) remove 3 screws (x5). (61) release 2 pcb spacers (4016). (62) remove the ih pc board (4020). (dp-c405 series only)> (63) remove the dc12 harness andthe sata harness from harness clamps. (64) disconnect the hd2 harness from the hdd connector. (65) disconne...

  • Page 171

    171 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (71) remove the dc12 harness and the hd2 harness from harness clamps. (72) disconnect the dc12 harness on the dc12 pc board (cn141 and cn142). (73) disconnect the hd2 harness on the dc12 pc board (cn143). Caution: when reinstalling 2 harnesses, the tie wrap sh...

  • Page 172

    172 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2.2.16. Drive unit (1) open the front cover (2) remove the toner waste container. (3) pull all the drum units out approximately 20 mm (0.79 in). (4) remove the 2 screws (x5). (5) remove the sc support bracket (3903). (6) release the harnesses from 11 clamps, a...

  • Page 173

    173 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (9) remove 7 screws (x5). (10) remove 1 screw (y30). (11) remove the gear box cover (5912). (12) remove 4 snap rings (h6). (13) remove the e-ring (j6). (14) remove 6 ftr coupling gears (5906). Caution: when reinstalling, align the gear holes and frame holes as...

  • Page 174

    174 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (18) remove the belt (6130). (19) remove the upper gear (6131). (20) remove the upper clutch (6129). (21) remove the lower gear (6131). Dp-c405 / c305 only (22) remove the lower clutch (6128). (23) release the harness from harness clamp. (24) disconnect the mo...

  • Page 175

    175 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (31) disconnect the lift up motor harness on the sc pcb. (32) release the harness from 2 harness clamps. (33) remove 3 screws (x5). (34) remove the lift up motor assembly. (35) remove 2 screws (x5). (36) remove the lift up motor bracket assembly. (37) remove 2...

  • Page 176

    176 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2.2.17. Lvps unit (1) remove the rear cover assembly. (see sect. 2.2.15.) (2) disconnect 5 harnesses; (cn52, and cn53) on the sc pcb, (cn519, and cn520) on the ec pcb, and the intermediate connector. (3) release the harnesses from 14 harness clamps. (4) releas...

  • Page 177

    177 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (10) disconnect the harness. (11) remove 2 screws (x5). (12) remove the nfl pcb assembly (4116). (13) release the harnesses from the edge saddle. (14) remove 2 screws (x5). (15) remove the lvps duct cover (4106). (16) release the harnesses from harness 5 clamp...

  • Page 178

    178 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (17) remove 6 screws (x5). (18) remove 3 screws (y16). (19) remove the lvps bracket (4102). (20) disconnect the fan harness. (21) release the harness from harness clamp. (22) remove 2 screws (4104). (23) remove the lvps fan (4103). (24) disconnect all the harn...

  • Page 179

    179 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2.3. Hardware identification template part no. Figure remark ref. No. Snap ring ffpfj0033b h6 snap ring ffpfj0041b h7 shoulder screw ffpfa01632 h9 snap ring ffpfj0039b g6 screw (m3 x 4) xyn3+f4fj 5m screw (m3 x 12) xtb3+12gfj 6a silver screw xtb4+10gfn h5 silv...

  • Page 180

    180 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 part no. Figure remark ref. No. Screw x9 xtb3+8ffj screw xtb3+8gfj x8 screw xtw3+8pfj y1 screw xtb3+6ffj-rp y2 screw xtw3+6lfj y3 screw xyn4+f6fj y10 xyn3+f6fj screw y16 xtb3+6ffj screw x5 xtb3+20gfj screw x4 screw xtw3+8lfj y13 xyn3+f8fj screw x3 xtb3+10gfj s...

  • Page 181

    181 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 part no. Figure remark ref. No. Screw xya3+ff8fj y31 screw xsb23+10fj y32 screw xtb2+6gfj y34 screw xtw3+8pfjr y35 screw xyc3+fg10fj y38 screw xtb4+10ffj y33 screw xtw3+12qfj y36 screw xtb3+6gfj y37 screw xsb3+6fj y30 screw xsb3+8fjk y29 screw xyn4+f8fj y23 sc...

  • Page 182

    182 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 part no. Figure remark ref. No. Screw xtb3+12gfj y42 shoulder screw dzpa000098 y43 screw xyn4+f10fj y45 screw xtb3+12ffj y46 screw xst3+4fj y47 screw xtb3+4ffj y48.

  • Page 183

    183 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3 maintenance, adjustments and check points 3.1. Preventive maintenance preventive maintenance is performed at specific intervals, and consists of machine cleaning, and parts replacement. It is essential to perform these service activities properly, and at the...

  • Page 184

    184 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.1.5. Data security precautions 1. The service mode password is essential to maintaining the security of the machine. Service technicians must change the factory default password using the service mode “f7-14: service mode password”, record the new password a...

  • Page 185

    185 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.2. Required tools 3.2.1. Preventive maintenance method no. Tools no. Tools 1 personal notebook computer 10 pliers 2 cables (usb cable, crossover lan cable, etc.) 11 nipper 3 sd memory card (128 mb - 1gb) 12 cutter 4 soft cloth 13 vacuum cleaner 5 isopropyl a...

  • Page 186

    186 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.3. Preventive maintenance points 2 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 29 30 31 33 35 34 11 19 21 24 10 32 15 25 50, 52 27 28 43 51 49 46 45 48 46 45 44 16 26 42 20 22, 23 14 18 13 17 12 53 38, 39, 40, 41 47 46 45 46 45 47 47 47 48 36 37 no. 36, 37 : dp-c405 / c305 only.

  • Page 187

    187 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.4. Preventive maintenance check list the chart outlined below is a general guideline for maintenance. No. Mechanical parts ref. No. Cleaning replacement/ adjustment ref. Counter cycle (sheets) method cycle (sheets) procedure i-adf unit 1 pickup roller 511 12...

  • Page 188

    188 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 22 toner density registration sensor 3821 120k dry cotton swab - refer to sect 2.2.10. F7-02-51 transfer belt life count down 23 toner registration sensor (right / left) 3820 120k dry cotton swab - 24 cleaning unit 3418 - - 120k refer to sect 2.2.10. (replace ...

  • Page 189

    189 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 note: 1. Clean all rollers and separation rubber with a soft cloth saturated with water. For stubborn toner accumulation, wipe with a soft cloth saturated with isopropyl alcohol first, then follow up with a soft cloth saturated with water. 2. The maintenance c...

  • Page 190

    190 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.5. Resetting the p/m (preventive maintenance) counter when the machine reaches the preset p/m cycle, it will show “call for p/m” on the lcd display. The pm counter can be reset by following the procedures below. 1. Perform the p/m (preventive maintenance), r...

  • Page 191

    191 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 note: when replacing the it unit, the str unit and cleaning unit are also replaced at the same time, and then perform f8-29, f8-32, and f8-30 service mode operations. 24 cleaning unit 3418 120k f7-02-52 str life count 120k: alarm (machine continues operating) ...

  • Page 192

    192 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.6. Lubrication point please refer to the preventive maintenance (pm) list to ensure the highest degree of reliability. The inspection interval is usually 120k copies or more, however this interval may be reduced due to environmental conditions. 3.7. Easy mai...

  • Page 193

    193 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.7.3. Procedure 1. Initial registration when the machine is installed. (registration is not completed) + + + to enter the service mode (registration is completed) category of business 00 agricultural 01 bank/finance 02 communication 03 construction 04 design ...

  • Page 194

    194 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 2. Service history 2.1. Register service history (servicing this unit the 1st time of the day) *the service history data will start collecting the day after the customer’s information has been registered. + select service action ex: adjustment/cleaning to set ...

  • Page 195

    195 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 2.2. Register service history (2nd visit on the unit on the same day) + + + to set to return select service action ex: call back stand by register required information before exiting the service mode. Confirm that it is a call back. If it is a call back, regis...

  • Page 196

    196 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 2.3. Change service history select "maint. Info. Manager" select "service history" select "item from service history" to set to return select item to change check and/or change registered service history using service mode f9-23-01. Up to 200 service history r...

  • Page 197

    197 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3. Maintenance information list print select "print maintenance info." select a function. Select 1-sided or 2-sided + ( printing is completed ) print the list for each maintenance function using service mode f9-22. 00 simulated list: 1 month 01 simulated list:...

  • Page 198

    198 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 select which list to print; either for the last 1 month or all (last 6 months) f9-22-00 : simulated list : 1 month f9-22-01 : simulated list : all print collective data from each month (1st -last day) black and color printing data is collected separately outpu...

  • Page 199

    199 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 print counter value of unit using f9 service mode f9-22-02 : machine usage list. Counter increments by one for each paper feed regardless of paper size. Service mode printouts are also counted. List contents: (1) category of business, installation date, and se...

  • Page 200

    200 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 f9-22-03 : machine diagnostic list print jam and machine error. Print pm unit usage and its estimate replacement time list contents: (1) category of business, installation date, and serial number (2) job error history top 10 (paper jam, machine error) (3) pm p...

  • Page 201

    201 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 f9-22-04 : maintenance list print up to 200 service history items list contents: (1) category of business, installation date&time, serial number, total number of visit, total number of repair (2) service date&time, service action, counter data if the service h...

  • Page 202

    202 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 4. Maintenance info. Clear select "ram initialize" select "maintenance info. Clear" to initialize to cancel and return ( initialization is completed ) initialize maintenance information: f9-06-08 : maintenance info. Clear items initialized : counter data, serv...

  • Page 203

    203 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 5. Maintenance information manager 5.1. Change category of business select "maint. Info. Manager" select "category of business" to set the change to return change the category of business that was set during the initial registration using f9-23-03 : category o...

  • Page 204

    204 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 5.2. Service history function select "maint. Info. Manager" select "service history func." + to set to return change the service history function setting. Change setting to yes/no using f9-23-04 : service history function when the service history function is s...

  • Page 205

    205 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 6. Structure of maintenance function the items for maintenance function are located in the f9 service mode. • f9 service mode (related items) f9 unit maintenance 06 ram initialize 08 maintenance info. Clear 22 print maintenance info. 00 simulated list: 1 month...

  • Page 206

    206 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.8. Counter / parameter auto backup the counter information can be backed up by installing an sd memory card into the sd card slot (cn70) on the sc pc board. This prevents losing counter information due to an error in the system control (sc) pc board, or when...

  • Page 207

    207 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.9. Counter / parameter backup to sd card in the front slot the counter / parameter information can also be backed up by installing an sd memory card into the front sd card slot. This prevents losing the counter / parameter information when replacing the sc/e...

  • Page 208

    208 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.10. Power on display change (f9-19) to change the startup panel display (when the power switch on the left side is turned on) follow the procedure below. This feature is useful if a dealer wants to personalize the machine with its own company's logo or pictu...

  • Page 209

    209 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.11. Updating the firmware (dp-c405 series) 3.11.1. Firmware configuration a. Hardware configuration this machine is controlled by a main cpu which is located on the system control (sc) pc board, and other sub cpus on the other pcbs. The firmware of sc pcb, e...

  • Page 210

    210 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (2)usb port the machine's firmware can be updated using your notebook pc via an usb port. This method is convenient when you brought a notebook pc into the customer's site for the purpose of updating the firmware. Refer to the firmware update operating instruc...

  • Page 211

    211 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 1. Press the “function”, “copy”, and the “3” keys simultaneously on the control panel. 2. Input the password, and select the “ok” button to enter the service mode (default password is 00000000). 3. Press the “9” key on the control panel, and then press the “st...

  • Page 212

    212 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 5) confirmation after the update is completed, the machine reboots itself and returns to standby. Confirm the f5 & f6 parameters according to the printed lists in step 3) above if the settings are different. Note: 1. Manual mode must be used, when updating the...

  • Page 213

    213 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 code from the usb port. Now connect the usb cable between the unit and pc. 4) upgrading the main unit's firmware code start the local firmware update tool, and select the following parent firmware file folder in the c:\panasonic\panasonic-fup\data folder. The ...

  • Page 214

    214 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 caution: 1. Remove the pcmcia/pc card adapter from the pcmcia/pc card slot in front of the machine. 2. Install the master firmware sd memory card into the card slot in front of the machine. Do not install it into the card slot on the sc pcb, or the machine wil...

  • Page 215

    215 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 the sd memory card is now ready to use for firmware update. (refer to the sd memory card firmware writing tool readme file.) 3.11.6. Notice after installing the hdd option after the hard disc drive unit is installed, to prevent a disc scan function from being ...

  • Page 216

    216 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.11.8. Firmware version sc : ec : scn : cmfp25sc a a vxxxxx pu destination code pu : usa/canada pb : uk etc. Firmware version (vxxxxx) language code a : a-english, c-french & spanish b : english, french & spanish etc. Firmware type a : standard d : ps option ...

  • Page 217

    217 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 fcb : cmfp1fcb a a vxxxxx au destination code (fax) au : overseas firmware version (vxxxxx) firmware type a : standard model number language code a : overseas.

  • Page 218

    218 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.12. Adjusting copy quality 3.12.1. Manual copy quality adjustment 1. Press the “function” key on the control panel. 2. Select “general settings” on the touch panel display. 3. Select “01 manual copy quality adj” on the touch panel display. 4. Select “on” but...

  • Page 219

    219 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 14. Press the “reset” key twice on the control panel to exit to the initial screen of the f2 service mode. 15. Press the “function”, and the “c (clear)” keys simultaneously on the control panel to exit the service mode. 3.12.3. Color exposure (special adjustme...

  • Page 220

    220 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 color test chart 101 (p/n pjqrc0119z : ldr, pjqrc0120z : a3).

  • Page 221

    221 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.12.4. Copy quality adjustment procedure (order) when the following items are replaced or cleaned, perform the adjustments in the correct order. Mech. General settings image remarks part item open front cover, then power sw on tdc adj. (f8-09) close front cov...

  • Page 222

    222 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.13. Adjusting the printer registration, lsu image side to side, color registration after installing the system console option, the following lsu image side to side adjustment must be performed. The printer registration is adjusted at the factory. If copy ima...

  • Page 223

    223 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 6. Press the “reset” key on the control panel to exit to the initial screen of the f1 service mode. 7. Press the “6” key on the control panel, and then press the “start” key to enter the f6 service mode. 8. Perform the service modes f6-040 to f6-044, to adjust...

  • Page 224

    224 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.14. Calibrating the lcd 1. Turn the main power switch on the back of the machine to the off position, and leave the power switch on the left side of the machine in the on ( i ) position. 2. Ensure that the sd memory card with firmware update is not installed...

  • Page 225

    225 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.16. Adjusting scanner skew note: before adjusting scanner, proceed the printer registration first. Refer to sect. 3.13. 1. Remove the glass assembly, refer to section 2.2.2. 2. When the printed image is skewed to the left as illustrated. A. Turn screw (a) cl...

  • Page 226

    226 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.17. Lsu replacement and color skew adjustment instructions 1. Model & part number 2. Contents • lsu : 1 • tool (jig) ; “pjzxf2170pu” : 1 • instruction (this document) : 1 3. Removing the lsu a. Remove the lsu by referring to the section 2.2.12. Important: ma...

  • Page 227

    227 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 5. Adjustment of skew a. Open the front cover. B. Remove the toner waste container. Locate the 3 adjustment holes for the yellow, magenta, and cyan, as illustrated. C. Insert the tool (jig) into the corresponding color's adjustment hole, as illustrated. D. Tur...

  • Page 228

    228 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.18. It belt replacement 1. When replacing the it belt, clean all the metal rollers, such as bias roller, and feed rollers with a soft cloth saturated with alcohol first. Toner stuck on the rollers will affect the print quality, and may reduce the life of the...

  • Page 229

    229 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.19. It belt “cleaning unit” replacement (1) remove the cleaning unit. 1. Remove the it belt unit from the main unit. 2. Place a clean sheet of paper (i.E. Ledger or a3) to catch any toner spill. 3. Remove 2 black screws. 4. Remove the cleaning unit. Note: * ...

  • Page 230

    230 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (4) fold one cotton sheet to 1/4 as illustrated. (save the other cotton sheet as a spare) (5) lightly pat the cotton sheet on the powder. (6) generously apply the setting powder onto the surface of the it belt, by lightly and uniformly patting the belt from le...

  • Page 231

    231 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (7) install the new cleaning unit. (8) turn the white drive gear clockwise 5 times to make sure the it belt is turning smoothly. Note: * do not turn it counter-clockwise. * if the it belt is not turning smoothly, remove the cleaning unit, and repeat steps 5 an...

  • Page 232

    232 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.20. 720k pm kit (dq-m35s72 / dq-m32n72).

  • Page 233

    233 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.20.1. Replacement caution! Turn the power switch on the left side, and the main power switch on the back of the machine to the off position, and then unplug the ac power cord before beginning installation. 3.20.1.1. Fuser unit, fuser drive unit, intermediate...

  • Page 234

    234 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (9) open the lower right side cover. (10) remove 3 screws (s6). (11) remove the right side rear cover. (12) remove 3 screws (x5). (13) remove the interlock assy. (14) remove the interlock switch unit. Caution: when reinstalling the interlock switch unit, inser...

  • Page 235

    235 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (15) remove 1 screw (x5). (16) remove the exit pulley plate. (17) remove the belt. (18) loosen 2 screws. (19) pull the fuser unit out. (20) remove 3 screws (x5). (21) remove the exit roller assembly..

  • Page 236

    236 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (22) disconnect the harness. (23) remove 4 screws (x5). (24) lift, and remove the fuser drive unit in the direction shown by the arrow. Dp-c354/c322 series (25) release the harness from 9 clamps, and 1 edge saddle. (26) disconnect the harness from the stepping...

  • Page 237

    237 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (33) remove 1 screw. (34) pull out the handle. (35) lift, and remove the handle assembly in the direction shown by the arrow. (36) release the harness from the harness clamp. (37) remove the upper snap ring. (38) remove the lower snap ring. Note: for dp-c405/c...

  • Page 238

    238 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (42) remove the lower gear. Dp-c405/c305 only (43) remove the lower clutch. (44) remove 2 screws (s6). (45) remove the right side front cover. (46) open the sheet bypass tray. (47) remove the sheet bypass tray cover (2918) as illustrated. (48) release the harn...

  • Page 239

    239 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (49) disconnect 6 connectors (cn406, cn407, cn408, cn409, cn410, and cn411). (50) release the harnesses from the harness clamps. (51) open the lower right side cover. (52) remove the snap ring. (53) release the latch. (54) release the lock lever by pushing it ...

  • Page 240

    240 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (55) remove the lower right side cover unit by pushing the lock lever in the direction shown by the arrow. (56) remove 2 screws (x8). (57) remove the tray cover. (58) remove 4 screws (x5). (59) remove the registration guide . (60) remove the sheet bypass unit ...

  • Page 241

    241 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (61) pull tray 1, and tray 2 half way out. (62) remove 2 screws. (63) release 2 harness clamps. (64) disconnect the harness. (65) remove the upper unit, and lower unit by turning to the left. (66) open the front cover. (67) remove 2 screws. (68) remove the arm...

  • Page 242

    242 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (69) unlock 2 levers by turning in the upward direction, and sliding to the right. (70) remove the front cover. (71) remove 4 screws (s6). (72) remove the mechanical counter cover. (73) open the upper right cover, and remove 1 screw. (74) remove the front righ...

  • Page 243

    243 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (83) pull the handle out. (84) remove the snap ring. (85) remove the bearing. (86) remove the upper intermediate roller by sliding to the left first, and then pulling the right side out. (87) remove the gear. (88) replace the upper intermediate roller. Caution...

  • Page 244

    244 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (2) remove 3 screws. (3) remove 2 screws on both sides. (4) remove 2 metal parts on both sides. (5) remove the fuser exit guide..

  • Page 245

    245 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (6) remove the snap ring. (7) remove 2 e-rings on the front side. (8) remove 4 bushings on the both sides. (9) remove the gears. (10) remove the exit roller by sliding to the right first, and then pulling the left side out. (11) replace with the new exit rolle...

  • Page 246

    246 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.20.1.2. It drive gear (removing the pc board, and the drive unit) (1) remove 11 screws (s6). (2) remove the rear cover assembly. (3) remove 1 screw (y31). (4) remove the cone pc board (3922). (5) remove 12 screws (x5). (6) remove all the harnesses from the s...

  • Page 247

    247 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (9) remove 6 screws (y31). (10) release the harness from 3 harness clamps. (11) remove the center bracket. (12) remove 4 screws (x5). (13) remove the left ec pcb bracket (3909). (14) remove the harnesses from the ec pc board assembly. (15) remove 7 screws (x5)...

  • Page 248

    248 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (17) remove all the harnesses from hvps2 pc board, and bracket. (18) remove 4 screws (x5). (19) pull the hvps2 pcb assembly out. (20) remove 3 screws (x5). (21) pull the hvps1 pc board assembly out. (1) open the front cover. (2) remove the toner waste containe...

  • Page 249

    249 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (7) release the harnesses from 11 clamps, and the drive unit. (8) remove the main drive unit (5811). (9) remove 12 screws (y19). (10) remove 1 e-ring. (11) replace the it drive gear (6007)..

  • Page 250

    250 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.20.1.3. Voc filter (for germany / italy only with dq-m35s72-pm) : dp-c354 series only (1) loosen 11 screws (s6). (2) remove the rear cover assembly. (3) remove the ih voc filter (3927) by turning to the right. (4) install the new ih voc filter. (5) remove th...

  • Page 251

    251 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (8) open the right side upper cover. (9) remove 10 screws, and 1 fixing metal plate. (10) remove the adu upper guide. (11) remove 1 screw. (12) remove the release lever..

  • Page 252

    252 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (13) remove 2 screws. (14) remove the right side cover. (15) replace the exit voc filter (234). (16) install the right side cover by lifting the lever up..

  • Page 253

    253 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (17) reinstall the release lever as illustrated. Caution: if not reinstalling the lever, the cover cannot be opened. (18) secure with 1 screw. (19) reinstall the harness fastening metal plate as illustrated..

  • Page 254

    254 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.20.1.4. Str unit, and intermediate transfer (it) unit (1) open the sheet bypass tray. (2) open the lower right side cover. (3) remove 2 screws (y16). (4) remove the guide bracket assembly. (5) remove the str unit (2535). (6) remove the snap ring (2714). (7) ...

  • Page 255

    255 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (8) push on the str guide to lock it in the down position. (9) remove 2 screws (y45). (10) push down the white latches on both sides, and pull on them to release the it unit from the locked position. (11) while holding the it unit by the center as illustrated,...

  • Page 256

    256 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (12) while holding the it unit on both sides, release the lock by pushing the lever to the right. (13) carefully pull the it unit (3420) out of the machine while holding it by both sides. Caution: pull the it unit out straight, and leveled (horizontal), or the...

  • Page 257

    257 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 density sensor> (15) slide the sensor cover toward the front as illustrated. (16) while holding it in the open position, wipe the surface of the color registration, and of the toner density sensors through the frame holes. Note: when cleaning, wipe the surface...

  • Page 258

    258 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 (19) unlock the str guide. Caution: when unlocking, exercise care not to pinch your fingers with the str guide. (20) install the str unit. Note: during the installation ensure that the hook is properly attached. (21) reinstall the guide bracket. Note: when rei...

  • Page 259

    259 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.21. Signal waveform 3.21.1. Glossary of electrical abbreviations glossary of electrical abbreviations signal name function *a sub motor phase a *b sub motor phase b +10v +10v dc power supply +2.5v +2.5v dc power supply +24v +24v dc power supply +24v_1 +24v d...

  • Page 260

    260 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 a[2] address bus bit 2 a[3] address bus bit 3 a[4] address bus bit 4 a[5] address bus bit 5 a[6] address bus bit 6 a[7] address bus bit 7 a0 address a1 address a10/ap address a11 address a12 address a2 address a3 address a4 address a5 address a6 address a7 add...

  • Page 261

    261 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 atcs1 primary hdd selection signal atd0 hdd data bus atd1 hdd data bus atd10 hdd data bus atd11 hdd data bus atd12 hdd data bus atd13 hdd data bus atd14 hdd data bus atd15 hdd data bus atd2 hdd data bus atd3 hdd data bus atd4 hdd data bus atd5 hdd data bus atd...

  • Page 262

    262 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 bma6 address bma7 address bma8 address bma9 address bmd0 data bmd1 data bmd10 data bmd11 data bmd12 data bmd13 data bmd14 data bmd16 data bmd17 data bmd18 data bmd19 data bmd2 data bmd20 data bmd21 data bmd22 data bmd23 data bmd24 data bmd25 data bmd26 data bm...

  • Page 263

    263 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cb6 no connection cb7 no connection cbtmclk belt motor clock cbtmgain belt motor gain ccdasiclk- ccd-asic system clock - ccdasiclk+ ccd-asic system clock + cd/dat3 data ck0 clock ck1 clock ck2 clock cke0 clock enable cke1 clock enable cl1 latch signal cl2 shif...

  • Page 264

    264 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 dasp hdd activation signal data_c image data (c) + data_k image data (k) + data_m image data (m) + data_y image data (y) + data0 data data1 data data2 data dclkc data clock c dclkk k data clock dclkm m data clock dclky y data clock dcs_m middle registration se...

  • Page 265

    265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 dq2 data dq20 data dq21 data dq22 data dq23 data dq24 data dq25 data dq26 data dq27 data dq28 data dq29 data dq3 data dq30 data dq31 data dq32 data dq33 data dq34 data dq35 data dq36 data dq37 data dq38 data dq39 data dq4 data dq40 data dq41 data dq42 data dq4...

  • Page 266

    266 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 dq62 data dq63 data dq7 data dq8 data dq9 data dqs0 data dqs1 data dqs2 data dqs3 data dqs4 data dqs5 data dqs6 data dqs7 data dqs8 data ecdi1 sc data input 1 signal ecdi2 sc data input 2 signal ecdo1 sc data output 1 signal ecdo2 sc data output 2 signal ecprg...

  • Page 267

    267 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 glk(gnd) green led cathode signal gnd ground gnd_1 ground gnd_2 ground gnd_3 gnd gnd_4 gnd gnd_5 gnd gnd_6 gnd gnd_7 gnd gnd_8 gnd gnd_9 gnd greensclk- green afe serial interface shift register clock + greensclk+ green afe serial interface shift register clock...

  • Page 268

    268 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ldcst1b tray 1 sensor b power supply ldcst2a tray 2 sensor a power supply ldcst2b tray 2 sensor b power supply ldcst3 +5v dc power supply ldcst4 +5v dc power supply ldftr1 ftr 1 sensor power supply ldftrÇq ftr 2 sensor power supply ldfuex fuser exit sensor pow...

  • Page 269

    269 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 led24v-2 led power supply led3 led 3 activation signal led4 led 4 activation signal led5 led 5 activation signal led6 led 6 activation signal led7 led 7 activation signal led8 led 8 activation signal ledpgnd led control live 100/120/230v vac power supply lsuda...

  • Page 270

    270 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 nbcke clock enable nbcs2 select for ic 1, 2 nbcs3 select for ic 3, 4 nbcs4 select for ic 5, 6 nbcs5 select for ic 7, 8 nbdqmh data mask h bite nbdqml data mask l bite nbid0 storage capacity nbid1 storage capacity nbid2 storage capacity nblkclp high-active blac...

  • Page 271

    271 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 nersled_y discharge led y activation signal neutral 100v-240v ac power supply nfaxring fax received detection signal nfcct full color count nfdopsn front door open detection signal nfeedct paper feed signal nftrmclk ftr motor clock nftrsn1 ftr 1 sensor nftrsn2...

  • Page 272

    272 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 nledalm1 alarm led (red) activation signal nledalm2-1 alarm 1 led (orange) activation signal nledalm2-2 alarm 2 led (orange) activation signal nleddat print data led (green) activation signal nledslp energy saver led activation signal nlftsn transfer roller un...

  • Page 273

    273 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 npesn2 tray 2 paper empty sensor signal npesn3 tray 3 paper empty sensor signal npesn4 tray 4 paper empty sensor signal npewsn3 tray 3 paper empty sensor warning signal npewsn4 tray 4 paper empty sensor warning signal npexfrdy paper exit fan lock detection npf...

  • Page 274

    274 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 nshin shading interrupt signal nshtsn open and close shutter detection sensor nshtsol shutter solenoid nsize0 paper size signal 0 nsize1 paper size signal 1 nsize2 paper size signal 2 nsize3 paper size signal 3 nslpky sleeve return signal nsolcnt1 solenoid 1 c...

  • Page 275

    275 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 nven vertical enable signal nvgb voice guidance pcb detection nvreq vertical request signal nwake adf wake up signal nwr write nwtbsn presence of waste toner bottle nzcros zero cross input opc1clk opc drum unit motor 1 clock opc1dir opc drum unit motor 1 rotat...

  • Page 276

    276 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 pprfcnt pressure roller fan activation signal pressn registration sensor signal prrsn registration sensor signal prstmo reset psentim scanner lsync pslsync1 ccd activation control signal pslsync2 ccd activation control signal pudopsn open and close jam release...

  • Page 277

    277 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 slsync1 ccd drive control signal slsync2 ccd drive control signal sout output serial data speed0 model identifying signal 1 speed1 model identifying signal 2 strclk str motor clock strmon str current monitor tdcdt_c toner density sensor connection signal c tdc...

  • Page 278

    278 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 txout1+ digital video data (txout1+) txout2- digital video data (txout2-) txout2+ digital video data (txout2+) txout3- digital video data (txout3-) txout3+ digital video data (txout3+) txout4- digital video data (txout4-) txout4+ digital video data (txout4+) v...

  • Page 279

    279 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.22. Sc pc board sc pcb - cn51 refer to scn pc board. Sc pcb - cn52 refer to lvps. Sc pcb - cn53 refer to lvps. Sc pcb - cn54 (dp-c354/c322 series only) sc pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn54-1 +5vp dcc pcb cn142-1 +5v dc power s...

  • Page 280

    280 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 sc pcb - cn55 sc pcb - cn56 refer to afe pc board. Sc pcb - cn57 refer to afe pc board. Sc pcb - cn58 refer to pnl1 pc board. Sc pcb - cn59 refer to pnl1 pc board. Sc pcb - cn61 refer to ec pc board. Sc pcb - cn63 (japan specification only) cn54-11 +2.5v dcc p...

  • Page 281

    281 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 sc pcb - cn64 sc pcb - cn65 usb i/f sc pcb - cn66 usb i/f sc pcb - cn67 usb i/f sc pcb - cn68 usb i/f sc pcb - cn69 lan i/f sc pcb - cn11 (dp-c405 series only) hardware key i/f cn63-3 cssrxd cri pcb cn1-2 input css rxd cn63-4 gnd cri pcb cn1-1 ground sc pcb pi...

  • Page 282

    282 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 sc pcb - cn71 (dp-c354/c322 series only) hardware key i/f sc pcb - cn12 (dp-c405 series only) hardware key i/f sc pcb - cn72 (dp-c354/c322 series only) hardware key i/f sc pcb - cn13 (dp-c405 series only) hardware key i/f sc pcb - cn73 (dp-c354/c322 series onl...

  • Page 283

    283 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn74-9 atd 4 hdd hdd data bus cn74-10 atd 11 hdd hdd data bus cn74-11 atd 3 hdd hdd data bus cn74-12 atd 12 hdd hdd data bus cn74-13 atd 2 hdd hdd data bus cn74-14 atd 13 hdd hdd data bus cn74-15 atd 1 hdd hdd data bus cn74-16 atd 14 hdd hdd data bus cn74-17 a...

  • Page 284

    284 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn74-22 gnd hdd ground cn74-23 atiowr hdd hdd data write signal cn74-24 gnd hdd ground cn74-25 atiord hdd hdd data read signal cn74-26 gnd hdd ground cn74-27 atiordy hdd hddrw ready signal cn74-28 n.C. No connection cn74-29 n.C. No connection cn74-30 gnd hdd g...

  • Page 285

    285 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 sc pcb - cn5 (dp-c405 series only) image memory board i/f sc pcb - cn75 (dp-c354/c322 series only) image memory board i/f sc pcb - cn6 (dp-c405 series only) image memory board i/f sc pcb - cn76 (dp-c354/c322 series only) image memory board i/f sc pcb - cn9 (dp...

  • Page 286

    286 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 sc pcb - cn94 (japan specification only) sc pcb - cn1 sc pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn94-1 +24v vgb pcb cn1-5 +24v dc power supply cn94-2 gnd vgb pcb cn1-4 ground cn94-3 +3.3v vgb pcb cn1-3 +24v dc power supply cn94-4 gnd vgb ...

  • Page 287

    287 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.23. Ec pc board ec pcb - cn501 ec pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn501- 1~44 gnd ground cn501-45 gnd sc pcb cn61-1 ground cn501-46 dnldcl sc pcb cn61-2 download clock cn501-47 dnlddt sc pcb cn61-3 download data cn501-48 sccmd sc...

  • Page 288

    288 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn501-56 ecdi2 sc pcb cn61-12 sc data input 2 signal cn501-57 ecdo2 sc pcb cn61-13 sc data output 2 signal cn501-58 nfdopsn sc pcb cn61-14 front door open detection signal cn501-59 gnd sc pcb cn61-15 ground cn501-60 nvdy0 sc pcb cn61-16 y data 0 cn501-61 nvdy1...

  • Page 289

    289 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn501-69 nvdc1 sc pcb cn61-25 c data 1 cn501-70 nvdc2 sc pcb cn61-26 c data 2 cn501-71 nvdc3 sc pcb cn61-27 c data 3 cn501-72 nvdk0 sc pcb cn61-28 k data 0 cn501-73 nvdk1 sc pcb cn61-29 k data 1 cn501-74 nvdk2 sc pcb cn61-30 k data 2 cn501-75 nvdk3 sc pcb cn61...

  • Page 290

    290 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn502 cn501-82 hsyncc sc pcb cn61-38 c horizontal synchronized signal cn501-83 hsynck sc pcb cn61-39 k horizontal synchronized signal cn501-84 vsyncy sc pcb cn61-40 y vertical synchronized signal cn501-85 vsyncm sc pcb cn61-41 m vertical synchronized ...

  • Page 291

    291 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn502-6 nprsn1 fuser pressure release sensor 1 pressure roller sensor 1 cn502-7 ldfurt1 fuser roller rotating encoder 1 fuser rotor sensor 1 power supply cn502-8 gnd_3 fuser roller rotating encoder 1 ground cn502-9 furotsn1 fuser roller rotating encoder 1 fuse...

  • Page 292

    292 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn502-19 +5v_home belt home position sensor +5v dc power supply for belt home position sensor cn502-20 n.C. No connection cn502-21 ldihc1 ih core sensor 1 ih core sensor 1 power supply cn502-22 gnd_7 ih core sensor 1 ground cn502-23 nihcsn1 ih core sensor 1 ih...

  • Page 293

    293 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn503 cn502-32 th3b thermistor 3 thermistor 3 b cn502-33 th4a thermistor 4 thermistor 4 a cn502-34 th4b thermistor 4 thermistor 4 b cn502-35 n.C. No connection cn502-36 n.C. No connection cn502-37 n.C. No connection cn502-38 n.C. No connection ec pcb ...

  • Page 294

    294 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn503-6 nbtm_c bottle motor c bottle motor c activation signal cn503-7 ldbl_y bottle lock detection sensor_y bottle motor lock detection signal y power supply cn503-8 gnd_1 bottle lock detection sensor_y ground cn503-9 blsn_y bottle lock detection sensor_y bot...

  • Page 295

    295 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn503-19 n.C. No connection cn503-20 n.C. No connection cn503-21 ldftr1 ftr cam sensor 1 ftr 1 sensor power supply cn503-22 gnd_5 ftr cam sensor 1 ground cn503-23 nftrsn1 ftr cam sensor 1 ftr 1 sensor cn503-24 ldftr2 ftr cam sensor 2 ftr 2 sensor power supply ...

  • Page 296

    296 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn503-32 nstrsn2 str cam sensor 2 str 2 sensor cn503-33 pgnd ih fan power ground cn503-34 nihrdy ih fan ih fan lock detection cn503-35 pihfcnt ih fan ih fan activation signal cn503-36 (dp-c405 series only) +24vm_4 bottle motor bk +24v dc power supply cn503-36 ...

  • Page 297

    297 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn504 (dp-c405 series only) ec pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn504-1 gnd y_led ground cn504-2 nopcnew_y y_led new opc drum detection signal y cn504-3 ldopc_y y_led new opc drum detection sensor y power supply cn504-4 ner...

  • Page 298

    298 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn504-14 gnd front cover detection switch ground cn504-15 n.C. No connection cn504-16 n.C. No connection cn504-17 gnd c_led ground cn504-18 nopcnew_c c_led new opc drum detection signal c cn504-19 ldopc_c c_led new opc drum detection sensor c power supply cn50...

  • Page 299

    299 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn504 (dp-c354/c322 series only) cn504-27 ld_ers_k1 k_led discharge led k power supply 1 cn504-28 ld_ers_k2 k_led discharge led k power supply 2 cn504-29 ntct_cl mechanical counter 2 total counter color activation signal cn504-30 +24vf mechanical coun...

  • Page 300

    300 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn504-7 gnd m_led ground cn504-8 nopcnew_ m m_led new opc drum detection signal m cn504-9 ldopc_m m_led new opc drum detection sensor m power supply cn504-10 nersled_m m_led discharge led m activation signal cn504-11 ld_ers_m1 m_led discharge led m power suppl...

  • Page 301

    301 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn504-20 nopcnew_k k_led new opc drum detection signal k cn504-21 ldopc_k k_led new opc drum detection sensor k power supply cn504-22 nersled_k k_led discharge led k activation signal cn504-23 ld_ers_k1 k_led discharge led k power supply 1 cn504-24 ld_ers_k2 k...

  • Page 302

    302 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn505 cn504-33 ntct_cl mechanical counter 2 total counter color activation signal cn504-34 +24vf mechanical counter 2 +24v dc power supply cn504-35 ntct_bk mechanical counter 1 total counter bk activation signal cn504-36 +24vf mechanical counter 1 +24...

  • Page 303

    303 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn506 cn505-9 gnd_1 paper feed motor ground cn505-10 +5v_1 paper feed motor +5v dc power supply ec pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn506-1 +24vm_1 drum motor 1 +24v dc power supply cn506-2 +24vm_2 drum motor 1 +24v dc powe...

  • Page 304

    304 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn507 cn506-11 +5v drum motor 1 +5v dc power supply cn506-12 n.C. No connection cn506-13 n.C. No connection cn506-14 n.C. No connection cn506-15 ldstackfu l inner upper limit sensor inner upper limit sensor signal cn506-16 gnd_3 inner upper limit sens...

  • Page 305

    305 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn507-6 dev2clk developer motor 2 developer motor 2 clock cn507-7 dev2gain developer motor 2 developer motor 2 gain cn507-8 ndev2rdy developer motor 2 developer motor 2 lock detection cn507-9 n.C. No connection cn507-10 gnd_1 developer motor 2 ground cn507-11 ...

  • Page 306

    306 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn508 (dp-c405 series only) cn507-18 opc2clk drum motor 2 opc drum unit motor 2 clock cn507-19 opc2gain drum motor 2 opc drum unit motor 2 gain cn507-20 nopc2rdy drum motor 2 opc motor 2 lock detection cn507-21 opc2dir drum motor 2 opc drum unit motor...

  • Page 307

    307 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn508-4 trult tru pcb cn611-10 serial interface latch signal cn508-5 trusidi tru pcb cn611-9 input serial data cn508-6 trusiclk tru pcb cn611-8 si clock cn508-7 trusido tru pcb cn611-7 output serial data cn508-8 pgnd_1 tru pcb cn611-6 power ground cn508-9 pgnd...

  • Page 308

    308 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn508 (dp-c354/c322 series only) cn508-17 ih_rotsn2 ih pcb cn6-10 fuser rotor encoder output 2 cn508-18 nihrelay ih pcb cn6-9 ih power fan relay activation signal cn508-19 ih cur pls ih pcb cn6-7 ih current puls cn508-20 ih vol pls ih pcb cn6-6 ih vol...

  • Page 309

    309 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn508-3 truld tru pcb cn611-11 serial interface load signal cn508-4 trult tru pcb cn611-10 serial interface latch signal cn508-5 trusidi tru pcb cn611-9 input serial data cn508-6 trusiclk tru pcb cn611-8 si clock cn508-7 trusido tru pcb cn611-7 output serial d...

  • Page 310

    310 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn509 cn508-16 ih_rotsn2 ih pcb cn6-10 fuser rotor encoder output 2 cn508-17 nihrelay ih pcb cn6-9 ih power fan relay activation signal cn508-18 ihadin ih pcb cn6-8 ih ad converter date output cn508-19 nihadck ih pcb cn6-7 ih ad converter clock cn508-...

  • Page 311

    311 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn509-2 nreservcl k motdrv pcb cn550-15 sub motor clock cn509-3 nstrclk motdrv pcb cn550-14 str motor clock cn509-4 nftrmclk motdrv pcb cn550-13 ftr motor clock cn509-5 nfumclk motdrv pcb cn550-12 fuser motor clock cn509-6 motsiout motdrv pcb cn550-11 motor dr...

  • Page 312

    312 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn510 cn509-15 +24vm_1 motdrv pcb cn550-2 +24v dc power supply cn509-16 +24vm_2 motdrv pcb cn550-1 +24v dc power supply ec pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn510-1 pgnd_1 pressure roller fan power ground cn510-2 nprfrdy pre...

  • Page 313

    313 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn511 cn510-11 pgnd_3 toner bottle fan ground cn510-12 pldopsn right lower cover detection switch open and close jam release lower door detection sensor cn510-13 gnd_1 right lower cover detection switch ground cn510-14 pudopsn right upper cover detect...

  • Page 314

    314 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn511-8 ndev1rdy developer motor 1 developer motor 1 lock detection cn511-9 n.C. No connection cn511-10 gnd_1 developer motor 1 ground cn511-11 (dp-c405 series only) gnd_2 developer motor 1 ground cn511-11 (dp-c354/ c322 series only) +5v belt motor +5v dc powe...

  • Page 315

    315 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn512 ec pcb - cn513 cn511-20 btmdir belt motor belt motor rotation direction switch cn511-21 (dp-c405 series only) gnd_3 belt motor ground cn511-21 (dp-c354/ c322 series only) gnd_2 belt motor ground cn511-22 (dp-c405 series only) gnd_4 belt motor gr...

  • Page 316

    316 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn513-4 d_clk_nym hvps developer bias ac clock (ym) cn513-5 d_clk_ym hvps developer bias ac clock (ym) cn513-6 sdhv_ck hvps dac0 serial data (ck) cn513-7 ldhv_ym hvps ac0 serial data latch signal (ym) cn513-8 sdhv_cd hvps dac0 serial data (ym) cn513-9 sclkhv_y...

  • Page 317

    317 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn514 (dp-c405 series only) cn513-17 ldhv_ck hvps dac0 serial data latch signal (ck) cn513-18 sdhv_ck hvps dac0 serial data (ck) cn513-19 sclkhv_ck hvps dac0 serial data latch signal (ck) cn513-20 c_clk_ck hvps bias charge ac output clock (ck) ec pcb ...

  • Page 318

    318 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn514 (dp-c354/c322 series only) cn514-9 n.C. No connection cn514-10 ldhv_t hvps2 dac0 serial data latch signal cn514-11 sdhv_t hvps2 dac0 serial data cn514-12 sclkhv_t hvps2 dac0 serial data clock signal ec pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal ...

  • Page 319

    319 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn515 ec pcb - cn516 cn514-9 ftrmon_y hvps2 ftr voltage monitor y cn514-10 ldhv_t hvps2 dac0 serial data latch signal cn514-11 sdhv_t hvps2 dac0 serial data cn514-12 sclkhv_t hvps2 dac0 serial data clock signal ec pcb pin no. Signal name destination s...

  • Page 320

    320 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn516-2 (dp-c405 series only) gnd_2 lsu cn1-21 laser gain (y, m) cn516-2 (dp-c354/ c322 series) gain_y lsu cn1-21 laser gain (y, m) cn516-3 speed1 lsu cn1-20 model identifying signal 2 cn516-4 speed0 lsu cn1-19 model identifying signal 1 cn516-5 nhsync_k lsu c...

  • Page 321

    321 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn517 cn516-14 nsh_y lsu cn1-9 laser sample hold control y cn516-15 nldenb lsu cn1-8 lsu enable cn516-16 lsudaout lsu cn1-7 lsu da converter data output cn516-17 lsudack lsu cn1-6 lsu da converter clock cn516-18 lsudald lsu cn1-5 lsu da converter load...

  • Page 322

    322 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn518 cn517-4 gnd_2 lsu cn2-9 ground cn517-5 ndata_c lsu cn2-8 image data (c) + cn517-6 data_c lsu cn2-7 image data (c) + cn517-7 gnd_3 lsu cn2-6 ground cn517-8 ndata_m lsu cn2-5 image data (m) + cn517-9 data_m lsu cn2-4 image data (m) + cn517-10 gnd_...

  • Page 323

    323 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn518-4 tdcref_y tdc_y toner density sensor reference y cn518-5 gnd_2 tdc_y ground cn518-6 tdcdt_y tdc_y toner density sensor connection signal y cn518-7 gnd_3 tdc_m ground cn518-8 tdcs_m tdc_m toner density sensor m cn518-9 +24vf_2 tdc_m +24v dc power supply ...

  • Page 324

    324 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn518-17 n.C. No connection cn518-18 gnd_5 tdc_c ground cn518-19 tdcs_c tdc_c toner density sensor c cn518-20 +24vf_3 tdc_c +24v dc power supply cn518-21 tdcref_c tdc_c toner density sensor reference c cn518-22 gnd_6 tdc_c ground cn518-23 tdcdt_c tdc_c toner d...

  • Page 325

    325 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn519 cn518-30 ldtf wts waste toner full sensor power supply cn518-31 ldwtb wts waste toner bottle detection sensor power supply cn518-32 ntfsn wts waste toner full sensor cn518-33 nwtbsn wts presence of waste toner bottle cn518-34 gnd_9 wts ground ec...

  • Page 326

    326 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn520 ec pcb - cn521 ec pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn520-1 100v_200v lvps cn5-7 100v/200v identifying signal cn520-2 gnd_1 lvps cn5-6 ground cn520-3 gnd_2 lvps cn5-5 ground cn520-4 +5v_1 lvps cn5-4 +5v dc power supply...

  • Page 327

    327 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn521-6 creg_ot_r density & color deviation sensor input right registration sensor cn521-7 creg_ld_r density & color deviation sensor right registration sensor led reference cn521-8 +5v_1 density & color deviation sensor +5v dc power supply cn521-9 dcs_m color...

  • Page 328

    328 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn522 (dp-c405 series only) cn521-19 creg_ld_l density & color deviation sensor left registration sensor led reference cn521-20 +5v_2 density & color deviation sensor +5v dc power supply cn521-21 tempsn temperature & humidity sensor temperature sensor...

  • Page 329

    329 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn522-3 adult adu pcb cn400-10 adu serial latch cn522-4 adusiin adu pcb cn400-9 adu serial data input cn522-5 adusiclk adu pcb cn400-8 adu serial clock cn522-6 adusiout adu pcb cn400-7 adu serial data output cn522-7 pgnd_1 adu pcb cn400-6 power ground cn522-8 ...

  • Page 330

    330 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn522 (dp-c354/c322 series only) cn522-16 naduenb adu pcb cn400-21 adu serial driver enable data signal cn522-17 nppsncst1 adu pcb cn400-20 paper path sensor 1 cn522-18 n.C. No connection cn522-19 nressn2 adu pcb cn400-18 resist sensor 1 cn522-20 n.C....

  • Page 331

    331 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn522-4 naduenb adu pcb cn400-13 adu serial driver enable data signal cn522-5 n.C. No connection cn522-6 aduld adu pcb cn400-11 adu serial load cn522-7 adult adu pcb cn400-10 adu serial latch cn522-8 adusiin adu pcb cn400-9 adu serial data input cn522-9 adusic...

  • Page 332

    332 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn523 ec pcb - cn524 ec pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn523-1 +24vm lift motor (tray1) +24v dc power supply cn523-2 nlum1 lift motor (tray1) lift up motor 1 ec pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function...

  • Page 333

    333 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn525 (dp-c405 series only) cn524-11 gnd_4 paper tray sensor 2 (tray2) ground cn524-12 ncstsn2b paper tray sensor 2 (tray2) tray 2 no paper sensor (paper tray sensor : tray 2) cn524-13 n.C. No connection cn524-14 (dp-c354/ c322 series only) n.C. No co...

  • Page 334

    334 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn525 (dp-c354/c322 series only) cn525-8 apfsiclk cst pcb cn601-9 apf serial clock cn525-9 apflt cst pcb cn601-8 afp serial latch cn525-10 napfenb cst pcb cn601-7 serial interface enable cn525-11 apfsiout cst pcb cn601-6 apf serial data output cn525-1...

  • Page 335

    335 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn526 cn525-4 apfsiin cst pcb cn601-11 apf serial data input cn525-5 apfld cst pcb cn601-10 afp serial load cn525-6 apfsiclk cst pcb cn601-9 apf serial clock cn525-7 apflt cst pcb cn601-8 afp serial latch cn525-8 napfenb cst pcb cn601-7 serial interfa...

  • Page 336

    336 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn526-3 +24vf_2 pickup roller solenoid (tray2) +24v dc power supply cn526-4 npfsol2 pickup roller solenoid (tray2) paper feed solenoid 2 cn526-5 +5v_1 paper path sensor (tray2) +5v dc power supply cn526-6 +5v_2 upper limit sensor (tray2) +5v dc power supply cn...

  • Page 337

    337 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn527 ec pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn527-1 ldjdr jam release door sensor jam release door sensor power supply cn527-2 gnd_1 jam release door sensor ground cn527-3 pjdrsn jam release door sensor jam release door senso...

  • Page 338

    338 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn528 ec pcb - cn529 ec pcb - cn530 ec pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn528-1 +24vm lift motor (tray2) +24v dc power supply cn528-2 nlum2 lift motor (tray2) lift up motor 2 ec pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal wa...

  • Page 339

    339 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 ec pcb - cn535 cn530-2 nkccnt key counter key counter activation signal cn530-3 gnd_1 key counter ground cn530-4 nkcs key counter key counter pull out detection cn530-5 +5v_1 card reader +5v dc power supply cn530-6 ncctcnt card reader card counter activation s...

  • Page 340

    340 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn535-7 d[6] ipc data bus bit 6 cn535-8 d[7] ipc data bus bit 7 cn535-9 a[0] ipc address bus bit 0 cn535-10 a[1] ipc address bus bit 1 cn535-11 a[2] ipc address bus bit 2 cn535-12 a[3] ipc address bus bit 3 cn535-13 a[4] ipc address bus bit 4 cn535-14 a[5] ipc...

  • Page 341

    341 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn535-20 nrst5 ipc reset cn535-21 iprxd ipc finisher serial rxd cn535-22 gnd ipc ground cn535-23 iptxd ipc finisher serial txd cn535-24 gnd ipc ground cn535-25 +5v ipc +5v dc power supply cn535-26 +5v ipc +5v dc power supply cn535-27 gnd ipc ground cn535-28 gn...

  • Page 342

    342 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.24. Adf pc board adf pcb - cn650 (dp-c405 series only) adf pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn650-1 afdin scn cn707-17 fifo data out cn650-2 afld scn cn707-16 fifo load cn650-3 adclk scn cn707-15 fifo clock cn650-4 aflth scn cn707...

  • Page 343

    343 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 adf pcb - cn650 (dp-c354/c322 series only) cn650-11 arrcnt scn cn707-6 registration roller clutch control signal cn650-12 arvcl2 scn cn707-5 inverting clutch 2 control signal cn650-13 arvcl1 scn cn707-4 inverting clutch 1 control signal cn650-14 apmclk scn cn7...

  • Page 344

    344 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 adf pcb - cn651 (dp-c354/c322 series only) cn650-6 arvcl2 scn cn707-5 inverting clutch 2 control signal cn650-7 arrcnt scn cn707-6 registration roller clutch control signal cn650-8 arrsn2 scn cn707-7 registration sensor 2 signal cn650-9 adxsn scn cn707-8 inver...

  • Page 345

    345 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 adf pcb - cn652 (dp-c405 series only) cn651-4 adclk scn cn707-15 fifo clock cn651-5 afld scn cn707-16 fifo load cn651-6 afdin scn cn707-17 fifo data out adf pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn652-1 gnd size sensor 1-3 ground cn652-2...

  • Page 346

    346 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 adf pcb - cn652 (dp-c354/c322 series only) cn652-9 +5v size sensor 3-1 +5 vdc power supply cn652-10 gnd size sensor 4-3 ground cn652-11 size4sn size sensor 4-2 original size sensor 4 detection signal cn652-12 +5v size sensor 4-1 +5 vdc power supply adf pcb pin...

  • Page 347

    347 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 adf pcb - cn653 cn652-8 gnd size sensor 3-3 ground cn652-9 size3sn size sensor 3-2 original size sensor 3 detection signal cn652-10 +5v size sensor 3-1 +5 vdc power supply cn652-11 gnd size sensor 4-3 ground cn652-12 size4sn size sensor 4-2 original size senso...

  • Page 348

    348 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 adf pcb - cn654 (dp-c405 series only) cn653-5 orgsn original sensor-2 original sensor signal cn653-6 +5vp original sensor-1 +5 vdc power supply adf pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn654-1 gnd inverting sensor-3 ground cn654-2 dxsn ...

  • Page 349

    349 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 adf pcb - cn654 (dp-c354/c322 series only) adf pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn654-1 n.C. No connection cn654-2 gnd inverting sensor-3 ground cn654-3 dxsn inverting sensor-2 inverting path sensor detection signal cn654-4 +5v inve...

  • Page 350

    350 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 adf pcb - cn655 (dp-c405 series only) adf pcb - cn655 (dp-c354/c322 series only) adf pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn655-1 +24vo1 registration clutch 2 +24 vdc power supply cn655-2 rr2clcnt registration clutch 2 registration roll...

  • Page 351

    351 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 adf pcb - cn656 (dp-c354/c322 series only) adf pcb - cn658 cn655-2 pfclcnt paper feed clutch paper feed clutch control signal cn655-3 n.C. No connection cn655-4 gnd door sensor-3 ground cn655-5 opsn door sensor-2 adf cover open detection signal cn655-6 +5v doo...

  • Page 352

    352 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 adf pcb - cn659 (dp-c405 series only) cn658-2 stslcnt stamp stamp solenoid control signal cn658-3 gnd exit sensor- 3 ground cn658-4 exsn exit sensor- 2 paper exit sensor detection signal cn658-5 +5v exit sensor- 1 +5 vdc power supply adf pcb pin no. Signal nam...

  • Page 353

    353 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 adf pcb - cn659 (dp-c354/c322 series only) adf pcb - cn660 cn659-8 n.C. No connection adf pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn659-1 n.C. No connection cn659-2 +24vo1 slow down clutch +24 vdc power supply cn659-3 +24vo1 inverting clut...

  • Page 354

    354 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 adf pcb - cn661 (dp-c405 series only) cn660-2 ppsolcnt pinch solenoid pinch solenoid control signal cn660-3 n.C. No connection cn660-4 n.C. No connection cn660-5 dxslcnt1 inverting solenoid inverting solenoid control 1 signal cn660-6 +24vo1 inverting solenoid ...

  • Page 355

    355 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 adf pcb - cn661 (dp-c354/c322 series only) cn661-6 pmbb paper feed motor-1 paper feed motor bb signal cn661-7 mma adf main motor-11 adf main motor a signal cn661-8 +24vo1 adf main motor-9 +24 vdc power supply cn661-9 mmab adf main motor-7 adf main motor ab sig...

  • Page 356

    356 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 adf pcb - cn662 (dp-c405 series only) cn661-5 pmb paper feed motor-5 paper feed motor b signal cn661-6 +24vo1 paper feed motor-3 +24 vdc power supply cn661-7 pmbb paper feed motor-1 paper feed motor bb signal cn661-8 mma adf main motor-11 adf main motor a sign...

  • Page 357

    357 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 adf pcb - cn662 (dp-c354/c322 series only) cn662-2 orgsn scn cn708-8 original sensor detection signal cn662-3 +5vp scn cn708-7 +5 vdc power supply cn662-4 +5v scn cn708-6 +5 vdc power supply cn662-5 +5v scn cn708-5 +5 vdc power supply cn662-6 pgnd scn cn708-4 ...

  • Page 358

    358 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn662-4 pgnd scn cn708-3 ground cn662-5 pgnd scn cn708-4 ground cn662-6 +5v scn cn708-5 +5 vdc power supply cn662-7 +5v scn cn708-6 +5 vdc power supply cn662-8 +5vp scn cn708-7 +5 vdc power supply cn662-9 orgsn scn cn708-8 original sensor detection signal cn66...

  • Page 359

    359 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.25. Scn pc board scn pcb - cn702 scn pcb - cn703 snc pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn702-1 +5vp lvps cn7-1 +5v dc power supply cn702-2 +5v lvps cn7-2 +5v dc power supply cn702-3 gnd lvps cn7-3 ground cn702-4 gnd lvps cn7-4 grou...

  • Page 360

    360 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 scn pcb - cn704 scn pcb - cn707 refer to adf pc board. Scn pcb - cn708 refer to adf pc board. Scn pcb - cn709 cn703-4 nscnmb scan motor scan motor control b cn703-5 +24vs scan motor +24v dc power supply cn703-6 nscnmbb scan motor scan motor control *b snc pcb ...

  • Page 361

    361 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn709-2 gnd sc pcb cn51-14 ground cn709-3 scntxd sc pcb cn51-13 output serial data cn709-4 scnrxd sc pcb cn51-12 input serial data cn709-5 scpclk sc pcb cn51-11 scanner program serial interface clock cn709-6 scpdata sc pcb cn51-10 scanner program serial interf...

  • Page 362

    362 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 scn pcb - cn710 cn709-15 norgsen sc pcb cn51-1 original size sensor signal snc pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn710-1 norsizin0 original size sensor original size 0 sensor cn710-2 norsizin1 original size sensor original size 1 sen...

  • Page 363

    363 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 scn pcb - cn713 (dp-c405 series only) cn710-12 +5tv home position sensor +5v dc power supply cn710-13 nhpsn home position sensor home position sensor cn710-14 gnd home position sensor ground cn710-15 +5tv platen angle sensor +5v dc power supply cn710-16 npasn ...

  • Page 364

    364 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 scn pcb - cn713 (dp-c354/c322 series only) snc pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cnp713-1 ccdf-lock ccd fan signal lock cnp713-2 mgnd ccd fan power ground cnp713-3 nccdf_cnt ccd fan control ccd fan cnp713-4 plpf_cnt_2 lamp inverter c...

  • Page 365

    365 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.26. Afe pc board afe pcb - cn852 (dp-c405 series only) afe pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn852-1 blue_even ccd cn850-1 ccd output blue even signal cn852-2 gnd ccd cn850-2 ground cn852-3 blue_odd ccd cn850-3 ccd output blue odd ...

  • Page 366

    366 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 afe pcb - cn852 (dp-c354/c322 series only) cn852-12 gnd ccd cn850-12 ground afe pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn852-1 vinodd _blue ccd cn850-1 ccd output blue odd signal cn852-2 agnd ccd cn850-2 analog ground cn852-3 vineven _blu...

  • Page 367

    367 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 afe pcb - cn853 (dp-c405 series only) cn852-11 vineven _red ccd cn850-11 ccd output red even signal cn852-12 agnd ccd cn850-12 analog ground afe pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn853-1 gnd ccd cn851-1 ground cn853-2 gnd ccd cn851-2...

  • Page 368

    368 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 afe pcb - cn853 (dp-c354/c322 series only) cn853-11 gnd ccd cn851-11 ground cn853-12 gnd ccd cn851-12 ground cn853-13 ϕcp ccd cn851-13 reset feed through level clamp clock cn853-14 +3.3v ccd cn851-14 +3.3v dc power supply cn853-15 ϕr ccd cn851-15 reset gate cl...

  • Page 369

    369 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn853-3 +10v ccd cn851-3 +10v dc power supply cn853-4 +10v ccd cn851-4 +10v dc power supply cn853-5 agnd ccd cn851-5 analog ground cn853-6 agnd ccd cn851-6 analog ground cn853-7 ϕtg1 ccd cn851-7 transfer gate clock 1 cn853-8 ϕtg2 ccd cn851-8 transfer gate cloc...

  • Page 370

    370 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 afe pcb - cn854 (dp-c405 series only) cn853-16 gnd ccd cn851-16 ground cn853-17 +5v ccd cn851-17 +5v dc power supply cn853-18 +5v ccd cn851-18 +5v dc power supply cn853-19 gnd ccd cn851-19 ground cn853-20 gnd ccd cn851-20 ground afe pcb pin no. Signal name des...

  • Page 371

    371 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 afe pcb - cn854 (dp-c354/c322 series only) afe pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn854-1 gnd sc pcb cn56-1 ground cn854-2 gnd sc pcb cn56-2 ground cn854-3 txout0- sc pcb cn56-3 digital video data (txout0-) cn854-4 gnd sc pcb cn56-4 g...

  • Page 372

    372 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn854-14 txout4+ sc pcb cn56-14 digital video data (txout4+) cn854-15 txout2- sc pcb cn56-15 digital video data (txout2-) cn854-16 gnd sc pcb cn56-16 ground cn854-17 txout2+ sc pcb cn56-17 digital video data (txout2+) cn854-18 txclk1out- sc pcb cn56-18 digital...

  • Page 373

    373 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn854-27 lvsclk- sc pcb cn56-27 flat link lvds shift clock (lvsclk-) cn854-28 gnd sc pcb cn56-28 ground cn854-29 lvsclk+ sc pcb cn56-29 flat link lvds shift clock (lvsclk+) cn854-30 greensclk + sc pcb cn56-30 green afe serial interface shift register clock + c...

  • Page 374

    374 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 afe pcb - cn855 (dp-c405 series only) cn854-40 gnd sc pcb cn56-40 ground afe pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn855-1 +5v sc pcb cn57-19 +5v dc power supply cn855-2 +5v sc pcb cn57-18 +5v dc power supply cn855-3 gnd sc pcb cn57-17 g...

  • Page 375

    375 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 afe pcb - cn855 (dp-c354/c322 series only) cn855-12 ccdreset sc pcb cn57-8 ccd / afe board system reset cn855-13 +3.3v sc pcb cn57-7 +3.3v dc power supply cn855-14 +3.3v sc pcb cn57-6 +3.3v dc power supply cn855-15 gnd sc pcb cn57-5 ground cn855-16 afesclk sc ...

  • Page 376

    376 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn855-5 nsensb sc pcb cn57-5 serial interface blue afe low-active chip enable cn855-6 nsensg sc pcb cn57-6 serial interface green afe low-active chip enable cn855-7 sdib sc pcb cn57-7 blue afe serial interface input signal cn855-8 sdig sc pcb cn57-8 green afe ...

  • Page 377

    377 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn855-18 slsync2 sc pcb cn57-18 ccd drive control signal cn855-19 mask1 sc pcb cn57-19 ccd drive control signal cn855-20 slsync1 sc pcb cn57-20 ccd drive control signal cn855-21 agnd sc pcb cn57-21 analog ground cn855-22 agnd sc pcb cn57-22 analog ground cn855...

  • Page 378

    378 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.27. Adu pc board adu pcb - cn400 refer to ec pc board. Adu pcb - cn401 adu pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn401-1 ldadupp0 paper path sensor adu path sensor 0 power supply cn401-2 gnd paper path sensor ground cn401-3 nadupp0 pap...

  • Page 379

    379 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 adu pcb - cn402 adu pcb - cn403 adu pcb - cn404 adu pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn402-1 ldinrsn inner exit sensor inner exit sensor power supply cn402-2 gnd inner exit sensor ground cn402-3 ninrsn inner exit sensor inner exit s...

  • Page 380

    380 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 adu pcb - cn405 adu pcb - cn406 cn404-4 +24vm adu roller clutch 1 +24v dc power supply cn404-5 naducl1 adu roller clutch 1 adu clutch 1 control signal adu pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn405-1 ldfuex fuser exit sensor fuser exit ...

  • Page 381

    381 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 adu pcb - cn407 adu pcb - cn408 cn406-7 +24vm adu roller clutch 2 +24v dc power supply cn406-8 naducl2 adu roller clutch 2 adu clutch 2 control signal cn406-9 nstsol str solenoid str guide solenoid control signal cn406-10 +24vm str solenoid +24v dc power suppl...

  • Page 382

    382 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 adu pcb - cn409 cn408-2 gnd sheet bypass size sensor 1 ground cn408-3 nhfssn1 sheet bypass size sensor 1 sheet bypass width sensor signal cn408-4 ldhfs2 sheet bypass size sensor 2 sheet bypass width sensor 2 power supply cn408-5 gnd sheet bypass size sensor 2 ...

  • Page 383

    383 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn409-2 npfcl1 paper feed roller clutch (tray1) tray 1 feed clutch control signal cn409-3 npfsol1 pickup roller solenoid (tray1) power supply for 1st tray pickup solenoid cn409-4 +24vm pickup roller solenoid (tray1) +24v dc power supply cn409-5 +5v paper path ...

  • Page 384

    384 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 adu pcb - cn410 adu pcb - cn411 adu pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn410-1 ldhfpe sheet bypass np sensor sheet bypass tray paper detection sensor power supply cn410-2 gnd sheet bypass np sensor ground cn410-3 nhfpesn sheet bypass ...

  • Page 385

    385 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 adu pcb - cn412 (dp-c405 series only) adu pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn412-1 gnd feed 1 paper path sensor ground cn412-2 nppsncst1 feed 1 paper path sensor paper path sensor signal cn412-3 +5v feed 1 paper path sensor cn412-4 ...

  • Page 386

    386 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.28. Motdrv pc board motdrv pcb - cn550 refer to ec pc board. Motdrv pcb - cn552 motdrv pcb - cn553 motdrv pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn552-1 b str motor motor phase b cn552-2 *a str motor sub motor phase a cn552-3 +24vm str ...

  • Page 387

    387 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn553-5 *b ftr and lsu shutter motor sub motor phase b cn553-6 a ftr and lsu shutter motor ftr/str/fuser/sub motor phase a cn553-7 *b fuser motor sub motor phase b cn553-8 +24vm fuser motor +24v dc power supply cn553-9 b fuser motor motor phase b cn553-10 *a f...

  • Page 388

    388 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.29. Pnl1 pc board pnl1 pcb - cn1 pnl1 pcb - cn2 pnl1 pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn1-1 x1 touch panel lcd touch position signal right cn1-2 y2 touch panel lcd touch position signal bottom cn1-3 x2 touch panel lcd touch positi...

  • Page 389

    389 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn2-8 d1 lcd data cn2-9 d0 lcd data cn2-10 vdd lcd +3 vdc power supply cn2-11 vdd lcd +3 vdc power supply cn2-12 cl2 lcd shift clock cn2-13 vdd lcd +3 vdc power supply cn2-14 cl1 lcd latch signal cn2-15 vss lcd ground cn2-16 ndispoff lcd display off signal cn2...

  • Page 390

    390 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 pnl1 pcb - cn3 pnl1 pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn3-1 scn1 pnl3 pcb cn280-18 key scan 1 signal cn3-2 scn2 pnl3 pcb cn280-17 key scan 2 signal cn3-3 led8 pnl3 pcb cn280-16 led 8 activation signal cn3-4 led1 pnl3 pcb cn280-15 led...

  • Page 391

    391 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 pnl1 pcb - cn4 cn3-14 nledslp pnl3 pcb cn280-5 energy saver led activation signal cn3-15 nslpky pnl3 pcb cn280-4 sleeve return signal cn3-16 bz+ pnl3 pcb cn280-3 buzzer power supply cn3-17 bzclk pnl3 pcb cn280-2 buzzer clock cn3-18 gnd pnl3 pcb cn280-1 ground ...

  • Page 392

    392 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 pnl1 pcb - cn5 cn4-8 scn4 pnl2 pcb cn250-8 key scan 4 signal cn4-9 scn5 pnl2 pcb cn250-7 key scan 5 signal cn4-10 kin6 pnl2 pcb cn250-6 key input signal cn4-11 kin5 pnl2 pcb cn250-5 key input signal cn4-12 kin4 pnl2 pcb cn250-4 key input signal cn4-13 led0 pnl...

  • Page 393

    393 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 pnl1 pcb - cn7 cn5-5 nlpow1 sc pcb cn58-11 +3.3v power supply output control cn5-6 nslpky sc pcb cn58-10 sleeve return signal cn5-7 nlpow2 sc pcb cn58-9 +5v power supply output control cn5-8 npnlrst sc pcb cn58-8 reset for pnl pcb cn5-9 pnltxd sc pcb cn58-7 pn...

  • Page 394

    394 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 pnl1 pcb - cn8 cn7-2 blcnt inv back light control signal cn7-3 gnd inv ground pnl1 pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn8-1 ndispoff sc pcb cn59-1 display off signal cn8-2 gnd sc pcb cn59-2 ground cn8-3 gnd sc pcb cn59-3 ground cn8-4 ...

  • Page 395

    395 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 pnl1 pcb - cn9 cn8-11 gnd sc pcb cn59-11 ground cn8-12 gnd sc pcb cn59-12 ground cn8-13 txout1+ sc pcb cn59-13 digital video data (txout1+) cn8-14 txout1- sc pcb cn59-14 digital video data (txout1-) cn8-15 gnd sc pcb cn59-15 ground cn8-16 gnd sc pcb cn59-16 gr...

  • Page 396

    396 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 pnl1 pcb - cn11 pnl1 pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn11-1 +5v pnl4 pcb cn290-6 +5v dc power supply cn11-2 nledact pnl4 pcb cn290-5 active led (green) activation signal cn11-3 nledalm2-1 pnl4 pcb cn290-4 alarm 1 led (orange) activ...

  • Page 397

    397 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.30. Nfl pc board nfl pcb - cn131 nfl pcb - cn132 nfl pcb - cn133 nfl pcb - cn134 nfl pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function cn131-l live ac line 100/120/230v vac power supply (live) cn131-fg n.C. No connection cn131-n neutral ac line 10...

  • Page 398

    398 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cn134-2 neutral rlb pcb 100/120/230v vac power supply (neutral) nfl pcb pin no. Signal name destination signal waveform function live neutral(0v).

  • Page 399

    399 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.31. Lvps lvps - cn1 refer to nfl pc board. Lvps - cn2 refer to optional lvps. Lvps - cn3 refer to ec pc board. Lvps - cn4 lvps - cn5 refer to ec pc board ..

  • Page 400

    400 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 lvps - cn6 lvps - cn7 refer to scn pc board..

  • Page 401

    401 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 lvps - cn8 (europe specification only).

  • Page 402

    402 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.32. Optional lvps optional lvps - cn64 optional lvps - cn65 optional lvps - cn66.

  • Page 403

    403 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.33. Cst pc board cst pcb - cn601 refer to ec pc board. Cst pcb - cn602.

  • Page 404

    404 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cst pcb - cn603 cst pcb - cn604.

  • Page 405

    405 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cst pcb - cn605.

  • Page 406

    406 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265.

  • Page 407

    407 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cst pcb - cn606.

  • Page 408

    408 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265.

  • Page 409

    409 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cst pcb - cn607.

  • Page 410

    410 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 cst pcb - cn608.

  • Page 411

    411 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.34. Tru pc board tru pcb - cn611 refer to ec pc board. Tru pcb - cn612.

  • Page 412

    412 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 tru pcb - cn613.

  • Page 413

    413 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 3.35. Rlb pc board rlb pcb - cn171 refer to nfl pc board. Rlb pcb - cn172 rlb pcb - cn173.

  • Page 414

    414 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 rlb pcb - cn176.

  • Page 415

    415 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4 troubleshooting 4.1. Initial troubleshooting flowchart start plug in the power cord, and then turn the power switches on. Does the lcd display function correctly? Does the original document feed through correctly? Does the recording paper exit the unit? Trou...

  • Page 416

    416 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.2. Improper lcd display replace the sc pcb. Is the trouble resolved? Replace the low voltage power supply unit. Is the trouble resolved? Check connectors: cn58 & 59 (sc pcb) and cn5 & 8 (pnl1 pcb). Is led/lcd displayed? Does the display appear normal? Replac...

  • Page 417

    417 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.3. Printed copy quality problems 4.3.1. Printed image 4.3.2. Copy image quality adjustment 4.3.2.1. Monochrome image quality adjustment mode adjustment f-code function mono copy density adj. Highlight text f6-220 density adjustment of highlighted area * perf...

  • Page 418

    418 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.3.2.2. Color image quality adjustment mono copy density adj. Dark text f6-225 density adjustment of dark area * not used for reducing the density compensation * adjust according to customer's needs default: 0 : -32 => 31 + (lighter to darker) text mode: usef...

  • Page 419

    419 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 color copy contrast adjustment text f6-200 contrast adjustment (for 1-color, 2-color) * not used for reducing the density compensation * adjust according to customer's needs default: 0 : -32 => 31 + (higher to lower) text mode: useful for newspapers, tracing p...

  • Page 420

    420 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.3.3. Copy skewing or color deviation end start is the scanner operating properly? 3. Check, or replace the lsu. (refer to section 2.2.12) no yes is the test pattern printout in copier f1 mode normal? Copy mode sample check the scanner mechanism. (refer to se...

  • Page 421

    421 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.3.4. Black copy start yes (normal) no 1. Check all the connectors on the sc pcb. 2. Check the scanner mechanism. 3. Replace the sc pcb. 4. Replace the afe pcb. 5. Replace the ccd unit. Is the hvps1 operating properly? Is the ec pcb operating properly? Is the...

  • Page 422

    422 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.3.5. Blank copy start end is "f8-30 color registration" results normal? Is the hvps1, and hvps2 normal? No yes no replace the sc pcb. No are there any foreign particles, or stains blocking the laser beam path? Yes no is the ec pcb operating properly? 1. Remo...

  • Page 423

    423 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.3.6. Vertical white lines start end replace the recording paper. Yes no replace the drum/developer unit. Are there any foreign particles, or stains blocking the laser beam path? No yes no replace the fuser belt unit. Yes no check the scanner mechanism. No ye...

  • Page 424

    424 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 to differentiate whether the vertical line(s) is caused by the scanner, or the printer. 1. Make a copy of the test chart by enlarging it to 110%. 2. If the vertical line moves to a different position, then it is caused by the scanner. If the vertical line does...

  • Page 425

    425 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.3.7. Ghost images start end yes no check the scanner mechanism. Is the drum/developer unit operating properly? No yes is the fuser belt surface clean? Is the recording paper damp? No yes yes no replace the recording paper. Replace the drum/developer unit. Re...

  • Page 426

    426 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.3.8. Vertical dark lines start yes no check the scanner mechanism. Is the drum/developer unit operating properly? No yes yes no replace the drum/developer unit. Is the lsu operating properly? No yes replace the lsu. End no yes paper travel p is the test patt...

  • Page 427

    427 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.3.9. Horizontal dark lines start yes no replace the opc drum/developer unit. Yes no check the scanner mechanism. Is the opc drum/developer unit operating properly? Is the lsu operating properly? Yes replace the lsu. Yes no end no yes paper travel p is the fu...

  • Page 428

    428 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.3.10. Dark background is the lsu operating properly? No yes replace the lsu. Start yes no check the scanner mechanism. Is the drum/developer unit operating properly? No yes is the recording paper damp? Yes no replace the recording paper. Replace the drum/dev...

  • Page 429

    429 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.3.11. Light print end no yes start yes no check the scanner mechanism. No yes is the drum/developer unit operating properly? Is the recording paper damp? Yes no replace the paper. Are there any foreign particles, or stains blocking the laser unit path? Yes n...

  • Page 430

    430 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.3.12. Horizontal white lines end no yes start yes no check the scanner mechanism. Is the drum/developer unit operating properly? No yes is the recording paper damp? Yes no replace the recording paper. Replace the drum/developer unit. Yes no no yes paper trav...

  • Page 431

    431 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.3.13. Improper fusing (printed image does not bond to the paper) note: replace the entire fuser unit when the thermostat and/or the thermistor breakdown causing an open- circuit fault. No yes no yes p end start is the recording paper damp? Replace the record...

  • Page 432

    432 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.3.14. Voids in solid areas end no yes start no yes is the recording paper damp? Replace the recording paper. Is the drum/developer unit operating properly? Yes no replace the drum/developer unit. P paper travel no yes is the it unit operating properly? Check...

  • Page 433

    433 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.3.15. Black dots end no yes start is the drum/developer unit operating properly? Yes no replace the drum/developer unit. P paper travel no yes is the it unit operating properly? Check the it mechanism. Is the fuser belt surface clean? Replace the fuser belt ...

  • Page 434

    434 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.3.16. Recording paper creases start no yes is the recording paper damp? Replace the recording paper. End are the fuser belt, and pressure roller surfaces soiled, or are there any foreign particles, or stains in the fuser unit? 2. Replace the fuser belt unit....

  • Page 435

    435 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.3.17. Poor printed copy quality start is the test pattern printout in copier f1 mode, or fax service mode 3 normal? 1. Replace the ec pcb. 2. Replace the lsu. 3. Replace the hvps. 4. Replace the developer unit. End perform a receiving test with the reference...

  • Page 436

    436 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.3.18. Abnormal printing start is the recording paper loaded in the paper tray properly? 1. Adjust the paper width guide. 2. Adjust the paper length guide. Is panasonic toner being used? Yes no is the recording paper size, and thickness within specification? ...

  • Page 437

    437 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.3.19. Scanned copy quality problems start no yes is the lamp abnormal? Check, and replace the lamp. End are the feed rollers dirty? Are there any foreign particles, or paper pieces in the scanning area? Yes no remove the foreign particles, or paper pieces fr...

  • Page 438

    438 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.4. Troubleshooting the lan interface 4.4.1. Checking network configuration start from the dos prompt, enter the following command-line utility: ipconfig /all locate a pc connected to the same subnet mask as the unit does the displayed network configuration, ...

  • Page 439

    439 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.4.2. Testing the tcp/ip network it is beyond the scope of this service manual to cover networking in detail, there are many excellent manuals on this subject, but we hope the information in this section will aid with your troubleshooting efforts. In most cas...

  • Page 440

    440 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2. Checking current configuration print the current unit internet parameters configuration. Locate a pc connected to the same subnet mask as the unit, then from the dos prompt, type the following command-line utility: “ipconfig /all” for windows. Verify that t...

  • Page 441

    441 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 pinging the unit pinging the default gateway (default router ip address) pinging the smtp/pop server if for some reason, the physical connection is missing, the echo reply will not be received from the destination and the following output is displayed: c:\wind...

  • Page 442

    442 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 if the physical destination is far and it's connected by wan (wide area network), the ping option command default value must be changed to compensate for the expected delayed response. E.G. 4. Tracing a packet route another useful command-line utility is trace...

  • Page 443

    443 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5. Managing network route tables in the simplest case a router connects two network segments. In this model, the system used to join the two segments needs to know only about these segments. The routing table for router r1 in this case is simple; the following...

  • Page 444

    444 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 when the packet does not reach the specified destination even when the physical connection is properly made, check the registered persistent routes on the same subnet as the unit by typing “route print” in the dos command-line. The output display is shown belo...

  • Page 445

    445 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 7. Testing unit using the telnet command telnet is a terminal emulation protocol. Telnet enables pcs and workstations to function as dumb terminals in sessions with hosts on internet works. From windows 98/me/2000/nt/xp, use the telnet to test the communicatio...

  • Page 446

    446 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.5. Error codes (for copier) the self-diagnostic functions detect malfunctions in the important components of the copier. When any malfunction occurs, the copier stops, and displays a relevant error message on the panel display. 4.5.1. User error codes (u cod...

  • Page 447

    447 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 u7 close right cover lower (feed cover2/feed cover(option)) 1. Right cover is open. 2. Right cover sensor is disconnected. 3. Right cover sensor is defective. 4. Lvps connector is disconnected. 5. Lvps is defective. 6. Ec pcb connector is disconnected. 7. Ec p...

  • Page 448

    448 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.5.2. Jam error codes (j code) • j code log view mode the 5 most recent j codes can be displayed on the control panel display by pressing the “function”, and the “3” keys in standby mode. U31 remove paper in saddle unit 1. Paper jam in the saddle unit. 2. Pap...

  • Page 449

    449 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 note: if the machine is jammed, follow the procedure below. 1. Turn the power switch on the left side, and the main power switch on the back of the machine to the off position. (if the hard disk drive unit is installed, turn the power switch on the left side o...

  • Page 450

    450 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 • jam sensor location of i-adf jam error codes (j code) table code contents section j00 the registration sensor 1 (2110 : rohp pcb) does not detect paper within a predetermined time after the paper starts feeding. (sheet bypass) sheet bypass j01 the 1st paper ...

  • Page 451

    451 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 j08 1. The option intermediate roller jam sensor ( 1819-03 ) does not detect paper within a predetermined time after the paper feed roller starts rotating. (paper tray 3) 2. The intermediate roller jam sensor (1819-01) does not detect paper within a predetermi...

  • Page 452

    452 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 j38 the fuser entrance sensor (4928) detects on position within predetermined time. (dp-c405/c305) fuser the fuser entrance sensor ( 4928 ) does not go on within a predetermined time. ( dp-c265 , dp-c354/c322 series) j39 1. The fuser entrance sensor (4928) det...

  • Page 453

    453 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 j63 1. The paper path sensor (pi10) does not detect paper within a predetermined time in the saddle. ( da-fs405 /fs356/fs325) 2. The paper path sensor (pi10) does not go off within a determined time after the sensor is activated. ( da-fs405 /fs356/fs325) (refe...

  • Page 454

    454 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.5.3. Mechanical error codes (e code) j73 1. The adf registration sensor 2 (401-08) keeps detecting paper after the adf registration sensor 1 (401-06) is deactivated. 2. The adf registration sensor 2 (401-08) keeps detecting paper after the adf registration s...

  • Page 455

    455 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 e1-31 scanning lamp (does not turn on) the scanning lamp does not turn on or is dim. Scanner 1. Check the scanning lamp inverter pcb connector. 2. Scanning lamp inverter pcb is defective. 3. Scanning lamp is defective. 4. Check the scn pcb connector (cn704/ 70...

  • Page 456

    456 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 e2-10 system console drive motor rotation the rotation of the system console drive motor is not being detected within a predetermined time. Paper tray 1. Check the system console cable connection. 2. Drive mechanism is defective. 3. Check the drive motor conne...

  • Page 457

    457 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 e3-28 developer motor 1 rotation (y/m/ c) 1. The rotation of the developer motor 1 (y/m/c) is not being detected within a predetermined time. 2. Developer motor 1 (y/m/c) keeps rotating after a predetermined time has lapsed. Developer motor 1. Check the motor ...

  • Page 458

    458 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 e3-33 toner cartridge drive motor rotation (y) the rotation of the toner cartridge drive motor (y) is not being detected within a predetermined time. Toner cartridge motor 1. Toner cartridge is jamming. (shake the toner cartridge briskly to loosen the contents...

  • Page 459

    459 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 e3-67 ftr (m) monitor voltage read error not used ftr 1. Ftr (m) connection error. 2. Ftr (m) hvps is abnormal. 3. Check the ftr (m) hvps connector. E3-68 ftr (c) monitor voltage read error not used ftr 1. Ftr (c) connection error. 2. Ftr (c) hvps is abnormal....

  • Page 460

    460 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 e3-89 color registration detection error color registration pattern value is abnormal. (value is less than predetermined) color registration 1. It belt surface is scratched or dirty. 2. Opc drum is scratched or dirty. 3. Lsu shutter open-close is abnormal. 4. ...

  • Page 461

    461 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 e4-02 fuser paper jam 10 consecutive j40 error codes have occurred. Fuser 1. Paper jam in fuser unit. 2. Check the fuser entrance sensor connector. 3. Fuser entrance sensor is defective. 4. Check the fuser unit paper exit sensor connector. 5. Fuser unit paper ...

  • Page 462

    462 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 e4-13 fuser ih cooling fan rotation 1. The rotation of the ih cooling fan is not being detected within a predetermined time. 2. Fuser ih cooling fan keeps rotating after a predetermined time has lapsed. Fan 1. Check the fan connector. 2. Fan is defective. 3. C...

  • Page 463

    463 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 e4-25 thermistor (th2) high temperature error thermistor (th2) output resistance is lower than the predetermined value. (higher than 230 °c) fuser 1. Check the thermistor (th1) connector. 2. Thermistor (th1) is defective. 3. Contact of thermistor (th1) and hea...

  • Page 464

    464 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 e4-43 fuser roller rotate detection sensor error the rotation of the fuser roller is not being detected. Fuser 1. Check the fuser motor connector. 2. Fuser motor is defective. 3. Check the motdrv pcb connector (cn502). 4. Motdrv pcb is defective. (fuse is open...

  • Page 465

    465 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 e5: system error codes code function contents section check points e5-01 vp (+24v, printer) interlock switch failure (+24v). Interlock switch 1. Lvps (+24v) output is abnormal. 2. Check the ec pcb (+24v) connector (cn519). 3. Ec pcb is defective. ( check f1&f1...

  • Page 466

    466 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 e5-42 total counter 1 connection (upper side) total counter1 is not being detected. Counter 1. Check the total counter connection. 2. Total counter is defective. 3. Check the ec pcb connection. 4. Ec pcb is defective. E5-43 total counter 2 connection (down sid...

  • Page 467

    467 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 e7: optional unit error codes code function contents section check points unit e7-21 finisher paper exit motor finisher paper exit motor is jammed. Finisher 1. Check the paper feed motor connector. 2. Paper feed motor is paper jammed. Da- fs405 / fs356/ fs325 ...

  • Page 468

    468 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 e7-51 finisher delivery motor finisher delivery belt home position sensor does not turn off/on within a predetermined time. Finisher 1. Delivery belt home position sensor is defective. 2. Check the wiring between the finisher controller pcb, and the delivery m...

  • Page 469

    469 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 note: these error codes will appear only when the optional accessories are installed. Refer to the appropriate optional unit service manual. E7-59 finisher upper limit sensor paper height detection sensor detects the upper limit. Finisher 1. Check the stack tr...

  • Page 470

    470 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 note: these error codes will appear on the service mode only (“f8-06 error log print/view”, and “f9-03-01 machine information”). 4.5.4. Fuse list (for dp-c405 series) e13: no toner / e14: toner waste container full code function check points e13-01 out of tone...

  • Page 471

    471 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 ec f17 +5v no print op. Card counter harness short f18 +24vm op. Transport unit paper jam tru_pcb +24vm harness short f19 +5v exit paper not full exit paper full sensor +5v harness short motdrv f1 +24vm e3-38 or e3-64 str motor +24vm harness short f3 +24vm e4-...

  • Page 472

    472 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 adf pc board ec pc board cn662 cn650 cn652 cn653 cn654 cn663 cn655 cn658 cn660 cn659 cn661 f2 adf cn501 cn502 cn503 cn504 cn505 cn506 cn507 cn508 cn509 cn510 cn511 cn512 cn513 cn514 cn515 cn516 cn517 cn518 cn519 cn520 cn521 cn522 cn523 cn524 cn525 cn526 cn527 ...

  • Page 473

    473 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 motdrv pc board adu pc board cnp550 cnp551 cnp553 cnp552 f1 f4 f3 f2 motdrv cn400 cn401 cn402 cn403 cn404 cn405 cn406 cn407 cn408 cn409 cn410 cn411 cn412 cn413 f1 f2 adu.

  • Page 474

    474 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 scn pc board sc pc board cn704 cn701 cn702 cn703 cn706 cn707 cn708 cn709 cn710 cn711 cn713 f1 f2 f3 f4 f5 scn sc f1 f2 f3 f4 f5 f6 f7 f8 f10 f9 cn1 cn2 cn3 cn4 cn5 cn6 cn7 cn8 cn9 cn10 cn11 cn12 cn13 cn14 cn51 cn52 cn53 cn55 cn56 cn57 cn58 cn59 cn61 cn63 cn64 ...

  • Page 475

    475 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 tru pc board cst pc board dc12 pc board cn613 cn611 cn612 f1 tru cn601 cn602 cn603 cn604 cn605 cn606 cn607 cn608 cn609 f2 f1 f3 cst cn141 cn142 cn145 cn143 cn144 f1 dc12.

  • Page 476

    476 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fcb pc board cn360 cn359 cn353 cn352 f902 f903 f901 cn357 cn355 cn361 cn354 cn356 f601 f602 fcb.

  • Page 477

    477 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.6. Information codes table (for facsimile) fax information codes code mode phase description of problem cause 012 rcv c, d the length of the received document is over 2 m. Transmitter document jam. 030 xmt b read point sensor does not activate within 10 seco...

  • Page 478

    478 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 407 xmt d transmitter received no response after it transmitted post message, such as eop, mps, eom, etc...Or received dcn. Receiver is defective. (no paper, paper jamming, etc.) receiver ceased receiving because of excessive error. (line quality is poor) fcb ...

  • Page 479

    479 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 436 g3 rx c dcn received after transmitting ftt. Transmitter is defective or incompatible. Line quality is poor. 438 g3 rx b received tsi is refusal id number as junk fax. Note: this error code is not indicated on lcd, is recorded for rds. Received tsi (id num...

  • Page 480

    480 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 550 rcv ecm c timer between frames in phase c has elapsed. Defective remote station. 554 rcv ecm d transmitted err after receiving eor. Faulty line. Fcb pcb abnormal. 555 rcv ecm d transmitted pin after receiving eor. Faulty line and operator call requested by...

  • Page 481

    481 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 717 xmt lan incomplete smtp protocol transmission. Mail server’s hard disk may be full. Mail server is defective. 718 xmt lan page memory overflow occurred while receiving printing data. The paper size selected within your application to print is larger than t...

  • Page 482

    482 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 816 conf. Polled pstn the received polling password did not match. 825 conf. Rcv conf. Polled pstn parameter settings of the remote station are not properly set. 850 xmt lan dept. Code id mismatch occurred between the machine and panafax desktop or the fax dri...

  • Page 483

    483 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.7. Diagnostic codes (for facsimile) the 13-digit diagnostic code is provided for the service engineer to analyze how the communication was performed. The code is recorded on the journal. Journal example 1st digit: manufacturer code -: not used/defined fax di...

  • Page 484

    484 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2nd digit -: not used/defined 3rd digit -: not used/defined fax diagnostic codes data definition id (tsi, csi, cig) rtn dcn stop button 0 - - - - 1 received - - - 2 - received - - 3 received received - - 4 - - received - 5 received - received - 6 - received re...

  • Page 485

    485 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4th digit -: not used/defined 5th digit -: not used/defined fax diagnostic codes data definition scanning rate resolution 0 20 ms/line std 1 5 ms/line std 2 10 ms/line std 3 - std 4 40 ms/line std 5 - std 6 - std 7 0 ms/line std 8 20 ms/line fine 9 5 ms/line f...

  • Page 486

    486 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 6th digit -: not used/defined 7th digit -: not used/defined fax diagnostic codes data definition polling xmt/rcv selective comm. Password comm. 0 - rcv off off 1 yes rcv off off 2 - xmt off off 3 yes xmt off off 4 - rcv on off 5 yes rcv on off 6 - xmt on off 7...

  • Page 487

    487 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 8th digit -: not used/defined 9th digit -: not used/defined fax diagnostic codes data definition advanced comm. Cover sheet xmt 0 - - 1 report xmt - 2 check & call - 3 - - 4 memory transfer - 5 - - 6 - - 7 - - 8 - yes 9 report xmt yes a check & call yes b - ye...

  • Page 488

    488 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 10th digit -: not used/defined 11th digit -: not used/defined fax diagnostic codes data definition coding ecm 0 mh - 1 mr - 2 mmr - 3 jbig - 4 - - 5 - - 6 - - 7 - - 8 mh yes 9 mr yes a mmr yes b jbig yes c - yes d - yes e - yes f - yes fax diagnostic codes dat...

  • Page 489

    489 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12th digit -: not used/defined 13th digit -: not used/defined fax diagnostic codes data definition modem speed modem speed (v.34) 0 2400 bps - 1 4800 bps 2400 bps 2 7200 bps 4800 bps 3 9600 bps 7200 bps 4 tc 7200 bps 9600 bps 5 tc 9600 bps 12000 bps 6 12000 bp...

  • Page 490

    490 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.8. Troubleshooting (for printer) 4.8.1. Checking the basics 4.8.2. Document does not print properly 4.8.3. Error message appears on the pc this section explains how to solve problems including error messages, or unexpected printing results. If the printing s...

  • Page 491

    491 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4.8.4. Error message appears on the unit 4.8.5. System error (cd drive related error during installation) error message • there may not be enough sort memory available in the panasonic device to complete the print job. Either install an optional sort memory, o...

  • Page 492

    492 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5 service modes 5.1. Service modes (for copier) these service modes are provided to assist the technician in checking for abnormalities in the copier, and a means of making adjustments to the input/output of major components. Caution: the factory default param...

  • Page 493

    493 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 f5 / f6 information list (sample) * * * * * * * * * * - f 5 / f 6 i n f o r m a t i o n l i s t - * * * * * * d a t e m m m - d d - y y y y * * * t i m e 1 2 : 0 1 * * * p . 0 1 f5-000 country version usa/can f5-004 lsu off timer 15 sec f5-005 lsu fan extentio...

  • Page 494

    494 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 machine setup information list (sample) remarks: xx-00000140 00 : printer error 02 : scanner error page count *1: image memory capacity for the print function. *2: image memory capacity for the scan function. *3: hdd vendor name and model number. 2.Firmware ve...

  • Page 495

    495 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 f7 total counter list (sample) f7-01 applicatuion password : 0000 f7-02 maintenance count 000 total count b/w : 3553 001 total count 1c : 4 002 total count 2c : 0 003 total count 4c : 15484 004 total print count : 19041 005 toner page count y : 1519 006 toner ...

  • Page 496

    496 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 note: 1. There are 3 type of page memory. While copying, no.1 = c, m no.2 = y, k no.3 = l (b/w mode lightness element data memory) 2. If memory status shows other than ok, specified ic/memory or peripheral circuit may have problem. To determine the failed loca...

  • Page 497

    497 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.1.3. F1 mode: self test set the machine to service mode, and press the “1” key on the control panel. ↓ press the “start” key to enter the f1 service mode on the control panel. ↓ select the desired code number on the touch panel display. (press the “start” ke...

  • Page 498

    498 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 20 print test pattern 18 prints the pattern using all primary colors color (y) color, full speed 21 print test pattern 19 color (m) 22 print test pattern 20 color (c) 23 print test pattern 21 color (bk) 24 print test pattern 22 prints the 2 by 2 pattern color ...

  • Page 499

    499 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.1.4. F4 mode: input/output status test set the machine to service mode, and press the “4” key on the control panel. ↓ press the “start” key to enter the f4 service mode on the control panel. ↓ input the code number, and then press the “start” key on the cont...

  • Page 500

    500 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 f4 mode (output check) no. Item function remark 200 lamp when scn pcb cn704-1, cn704-4 signal level changes to 0v from +24v, lamp operates for 4 seconds. 201 adf motor 1 rotating (50% rotation speed) adf motor 1 spins at a 50% rate. 202 adf motor 1 rotating (1...

  • Page 501

    501 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 301 feed cover 2 open/close sensor cover is open. 0 right cover open/close sensor cover is open. 1 feed cover 1 open/close sensor cover is open. 1 front cover open/close sensor cover is open. 1 new opc drum unit bk detection opc drum unit detected. 1 new opc d...

  • Page 502

    502 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 304 ih core sensor 2 (dp-c322 series only) sensor is not activated a3 home position. (lo) 0 ih core sensor 1 (dp-c322 series only) sensor is not activated a3 home position. (lo) 0 fuser pressure release sensor 2 sensor is not activated release position. (lo) 0...

  • Page 503

    503 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 306 ih fan ready (dp-c354 / c322 series only) ready state not detected. 1 ih driver fan ready (dp-c354 / c322 series only) ready state not detected. 1 toner cartridge motor lock detection sensor bk (dp-c354 / c322 series only) locked position detected. 0 toner...

  • Page 504

    504 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 308 thermistor 4 broken wire detection broken wire detected. 0 thermistor 3 broken wire detection (dp-c322 series only) broken wire detected. 0 thermistor 2 broken wire detection broken wire detected. 0 thermistor 1 broken wire detection broken wire detected. ...

  • Page 505

    505 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 312 transportation unit path sensor paper is detected. 0 outer exit tray sensor paper is detected. 0 transportation unit cover sensor cover is open. 0 transportation unit detection sensor unit is connected. 1 313 paper size sensor 3 (sheet bypass) sensor is ac...

  • Page 506

    506 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 318 100v/200v lvps signal (dp-c405 series only) lvps is connected. 0 24vf ps "on" detection (dp-c405 series only) +24v ps voltage is off. 1 319 not used 320 lvps fan ready ready state not detected. 0 321- 399 not used f4 mode (output check) no. Item function r...

  • Page 507

    507 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 453 lift motor (2nd paper tray) lift motor rotates. 454 lift motor (3rd paper tray) lift motor rotates. 455 lift motor (4th paper tray) lift motor rotates. 456 paper feed motor paper feed motor rotates. 457 paper feed motor (paper tray option) paper feed motor...

  • Page 508

    508 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 528 adu clutch 2 clutch stops automatically after energizing for 1 min. 529 exit 2 way roller rotation in forward direction clutch clutch stops automatically after energizing for 1 min. 530 exit 2 way roller rotation in reverse direction clutch clutch stops au...

  • Page 509

    509 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 f4 mode (output check) no. Item function remark 650 transportation motor paper transport motor rotates. 1-bin finisher ( da-fs402 /fs350/ fs320) only. 651 alignment motor alignment motor rotates. 652 tray motor tray motor rotates. 653 stapler motor the stapler...

  • Page 510

    510 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 703 stack tray paper sensor paper is detected. 1 1-bin saddle-stitch finisher ( da-fs405 /fs356/ fs325) only. Paper surface sensor paper surface is detected. 1 stack tray middle sensor middle position is detected. 1 stack tray upper limit sensor upper limit is...

  • Page 511

    511 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.1.5. F5 mode: function parameters (for copier) set the machine to service mode, and press the “5” key on the control panel. ↓ press the “start” key to enter the f5 service mode on the control panel. ↓ select the desired code number on the touch panel display...

  • Page 512

    512 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 07 language default (available language selections are destination dependent) english french c. French german swedish italian dutch portugal spanish norway danish finnish english polish hungary japanese czech russian greek chinese taiwan korean english change ...

  • Page 513

    513 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 15 paper size tray 2 [when “ok” is selected, a prompt comes up asking for the desired media type - trays 1, 3, & 4 work the same way] none a3 b4 a4 a4-r b5 b5-r a5-r 8 x 13 8.5 x 13 11 x 17 legal 8.5 x 11 8.5 x 11 r 5.5 x 8.5 8k (for china) 16k (for china) 11 ...

  • Page 514

    514 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 38 2-sided mode default no 1 to 2 2 to 2 b to 2 no set the default 2-sided mode. 39 not used 40 double count no ldr ldr / lgl ldr+ lgl+ ldr / lgl+ ldr (for usa / canada) set the specified paper size to be counted as double. No a3 a3, b4 a3+ b4+ a3, b4+ a3 (for...

  • Page 515

    515 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 56 edge value default 5 mm 10 mm 15 mm 20 mm 5 mm set the default value for the edge. 57 book value default 15 mm 20 mm 25 mm 30 mm 20 mm set the default value for the void in the center of the book. 58 u14 clear continue any keys any keys set the default u14 ...

  • Page 516

    516 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 70 pm cycle no 1.5 k 2.5 k 5 k 10 k 15 k 20 k 30 k 40 k 60 k 80 k 90 k 120 k 150 k 200 k 240 k 120 k set the pm cycle. 71-77 not used 78 a4/ltr size select no yes no set whether to determine the paper size to be a4/ltr if the original is smaller than a4/ltr. 7...

  • Page 517

    517 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 82 manual skyshot mode off m1, on m2, on m1, m2, on off enable or disable the manual skyshot mode. Off : the manual skyshot mode is disabled. M1,on : the image is copied in pre-registered m1 size. (standard setting : 70 x 160 mm) m2,on : the image is copied in...

  • Page 518

    518 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 89 lan speed/duplex auto 10 half 10 full 100 half 100 full auto set the ethernet connection type. 90 panel beep sound off soft loud soft set the volume of the beep sound when the panel is selected. 91 m1, size set the default size for manual skyshot mode, m1 a...

  • Page 519

    519 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 110 toner cartridge (black) (dp-c405/c354 series only) 5k type 28k type 20k type (for dp- c213) 28k type 20k type (for dp- c213) (for usa / canada) set the capacity of black toner bottle. Toner cartridge (black) (dp-c322 series only) 5k type 28k type 28k type ...

  • Page 520

    520 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 123 fuser temp switching (dp-c405/c354 series only) paper 1 paper 2 paper 2 set the temperature of the fuser unit. (adjust the value when the printed paper curls.) 124 not used 125 ac bias phase fullspeed no yes no set the ac bias phase to reduce the ultrasoun...

  • Page 521

    521 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 150 ftr std current y (factory use only) medium 151 ftr std current m medium 152 ftr std current c medium 153 ftr std current bk medium 154 not used 155 str control (factory use only) yes 156 str device yes 157 str std current min low medium high max medium se...

  • Page 522

    522 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 172 color reg entry min low medium medium set the frequency of the color registration density control. Min (occurs most frequent), medium (default). 173 paper full sensor no yes yes set whether to activate the paper full sensor of the inner tray. 174 mono colo...

  • Page 523

    523 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.1.6. F6 mode: adjust parameters (for copier) set the machine to service mode, and press the “6” key on the control panel. ↓ press the “start” key to enter the f6 service mode on the control panel. ↓ select the desired code number on the touch panel display. ...

  • Page 524

    524 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 007 registration b/w & cl mixed original registration adjustment for normal print speed. -50 ~ +50 0.25 mm ( dp-c405/c305/ c265 /c354/c264) 0.21 mm (dp-c322/c262) 008 -009 not used 010 paper loop tray, b/w, nrm fine adjustment for an individual tray for monoch...

  • Page 525

    525 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 018 paper loop bp, thick, slw fine adjustment for the sheet bypass for thick original at half of the standard speed. -50 ~ +50 0.105 mm 019 not used 020 paper loop adu, b/w, nrm fine adjustment for the adu for monochrome original at standard speed. -50 ~ +50 0...

  • Page 526

    526 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 033 trail edge void a4r, ltr trail edge void for a4r, ltr adjustment. 0 ~ +99 0.2 mm 034 trail edge void b5r trail edge void for b5r adjustment. 0 ~ +99 0.2 mm 035 trail edge void a4, lt trail edge void for a4, lt adjustment. 0 ~ +99 0.2 mm 036 trail edge void...

  • Page 527

    527 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 068 opc2 mtr half speed opc 2 motor half of standard speed adjustment for mixed printouts. -99 ~ +99 0.05% 069 not used 070 dev1 mtr cl std speed developer 1 motor standard speed adjustment for color printouts. -99 ~ +99 0.10% 071 dev1 mtr cl half speed develo...

  • Page 528

    528 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 125 t4 tmp (color half spd) color half speed fuser temperature adjustment. Value increases -> temperature goes up -5 ~ +5 1 °c 126 t4 tmp (mono half spd) b/w half speed fuser temperature adjustment. Value increases -> temperature goes up -5 ~ +5 1 °c 127 t4 tm...

  • Page 529

    529 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 152 control ratio (error) control ratio when error occurred. 0 ~ +255 (read only) 153- 199 not used 200 color text contrast color contrast adjustment for text mode. -32 ~ +31 1/256 step 201 color t/p contrast color contrast adjustment for text/photo mode. -32 ...

  • Page 530

    530 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 220 mono. Text density (lt) monochrome image density adjustment for text mode (highlight). (-) : darker. (+) : lighter. -32 ~ +31 1/256 step 221 mono. T/p density (lt) monochrome image density adjustment for text/ photo mode (highlight). (-) : darker. (+) : li...

  • Page 531

    531 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 243 adjust hue circle hue circle adjustment. -3 ~ +3 10 ° 244- 245 not used 246 rm. G-color start y horizontal start line position adjustment for digital sky shot mode. +2 ~ +8192 1dot. 247 rm. G-color end y horizontal end line position adjustment for digital ...

  • Page 532

    532 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 300 adj 100% side-side read identical vertical (side-to-side) size ratio (fb, adf) adjustment. -9 ~ +9 0.1% 301 100% selection select from 99.1% to 100.9% adjustment. (fb, adf). -9 ~ +9 0.1% 302- 304 not used 305 original registration platen original registrat...

  • Page 533

    533 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 328 adf 100% image 1-sided identical vertical (side-to-side) size ratio adjustment. -9 ~ +9 0.1% 329 adf 100% image 2-sided identical horizontal (top-to-bottom) size ratio adjustment. -9 ~ +9 0.1% 330 fb lead void (nws) lead edge void for network scanner (fb) ...

  • Page 534

    534 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 410 ac charge adj. Y half (factory use only) -85 ~ +127 3.60 µa/step 411 ac charge adj. M half -85 ~ +127 3.60 µa/step 412 ac charge adj. C half -85 ~ +127 3.60 µa/step 413 ac charge adj. Bk half -85 ~ +127 3.60 µa/step 414 ac charge adj. B/w -125 ~ +71 40 : 3...

  • Page 535

    535 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 432 ac bias 4c adj. Full (factory use only) -127 ~ +127 3.91 v/step 433 ac bias adj. Half -127 ~ +127 3.91 v/step 434 ac bias adj. B/w -127 ~ +127 3.91 v/step 435 dc bias adj. Y full -125 ~ +127 3.13 v/step 436 dc bias adj. M full -125 ~ +127 3.13 v/step 437 d...

  • Page 536

    536 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 456 laser power adj. Y full (factory use only) -127 ~ +127 0.0018 mw/step 457 laser power adj. M full -127 ~ +127 0.0018 mw/step 458 laser power adj. C full -127 ~ +127 0.0018 mw/step 459 laser power adj.Bk full -127 ~ +127 0.0018 mw/step 460 laser power adj. ...

  • Page 537

    537 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 480 edge pwm adj. Y full (factory use only) -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step 481 edge pwm adj. M full -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step 482 edge pwm adj. C full -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step 483 edge pwm adj. Bk full -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step 484 not used 485 edge pwm adj. Y half (facto...

  • Page 538

    538 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 505 edge pwm adj. Y 1200dpi (factory use only) -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step 506 edge pwm adj. M 1200dpi -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step 507 edge pwm adj. C 1200dpi -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step 508 edge pwm adj. Bk1200dpi -127 ~ +127 0.39 %/step 509 not used 510 dot pwm adj. Y 1...

  • Page 539

    539 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 530 toner band target y (dp-c322 series only) (factory use only) -127 ~ +127 0.016 v/step 531 toner band target m (dp-c322 series only) -127 ~ +127 0.016 v/step 532 toner band target c (dp-c322 series only) -127 ~ +127 0.016 v/step 533 toner band target bk (dp...

  • Page 540

    540 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 555 tdc judg. Lebel y (factory use only) -25 ~ +25 0.016 v/step 556 tdc judg. Level m -25 ~ +25 0.016 v/step 557 tdc judg. Level c -25 ~ +25 0.016 v/step 558 tdc judg. Level bk -25 ~ +25 0.016 v/step 559 tdc judg. Level b/w -25 ~ +25 0.016 v/step 560 tdc max. ...

  • Page 541

    541 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 580 tdc deve. Life read y (factory use only) -63 ~ +63 (read only) 581 tdc deve. Life read m -63 ~ +63 (read only) 582 tdc deve. Life read c -63 ~ +63 (read only) 583 tdc deve. Life read bk -63 ~ +63 (read only) 584 not used 585 drumlife charge read y (factory...

  • Page 542

    542 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 595 drum t/h charge read y (factory use only) -127 ~ +127 (read only) 596 drum t/h charge read m -127 ~ +127 (read only) 597 drum t/h charge read c -127 ~ +127 (read only) 598 drum t/h charge read bk -127 ~ +127 (read only) 599 not used 600 drum life charge y ...

  • Page 543

    543 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 613 tdc image read bk (factory use only) -24 ~ +24 (for dp-c405 / c354 series only) -12 ~ +24 (for dp-c322 series only) 0.039 v/step 614 not used 615 tdc t/h read y (factory use only) -63 ~ +63 (read only) 616 tdc t/h read m -63 ~ +63 (read only) 617 tdc t/h r...

  • Page 544

    544 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 640 patch sens read y to detect the toner density of the patch on the transfer belt at apic and reflect to patch compensation (f6-610 - f6-613) after data process. 0 ~ +255 (read only) 641 patch sens read m 0 ~ +255 (read only) 642 patch sens read c 0 ~ +255 (...

  • Page 545

    545 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 665 apic edge pwm read y (factory use only) 0 ~ +255 (read only) 666 apic edge pwm read m 0 ~ +255 (read only) 667 apic edge pwm read c 0 ~ +255 (read only) 668 apic edge pwm read bk 0 ~ +255 (read only) 669 not used 670 apic dot pwm read y (factory use only) ...

  • Page 546

    546 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 695 str resistance adj. (factory use only) -3 ~ +127 4 m Ω/step 696 str voltage adj. -25 ~ +127 16 v/step 697 belt reverse time adj. -1 ~ +12 10 msec./step 698- 699 not used 700 apic status ( dp-c405 /c354 series only) (factory use only) 0 ~ +2 0:full 1:short ...

  • Page 547

    547 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 720 tdc recovery tdc. Y ( dp-c405 /c354 series only) (factory use only) -64 ~ +64 721 tdc recovery tdc. M ( dp-c405 /c354 series only) -64 ~ +64 722 tdc recovery tdc. C ( dp-c405 /c354 series only) -64 ~ +64 723 tdc recovery tdc. Bk ( dp-c405 /c354 series only...

  • Page 548

    548 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 841 color reg calib. C middle sensor color registration led intensity target value adjustment. -127 ~ +127 0.016 mv 842 color reg calib. R right sensor color registration led intensity target value adjustment. -127 ~ +127 0.016 mv 843- 844 not used 845 color r...

  • Page 549

    549 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.1.7. F7 mode: electronic counter set the machine to service mode, and press the “7” key on the control panel. ↓ press the “start” key to enter the f7 service mode on the control panel. ↓ select the desired code number on the touch panel display. ↓ if you wis...

  • Page 550

    550 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 02 maintenance count (1/2) 15 opc drum count y recording paper fed through the opc drum pm counter. 16 opc drum count m 17 opc drum count c 18 opc drum count bk 19 not used 20 avg. Print/drumriseupc opc drum average print counter. (read only) average amount of...

  • Page 551

    551 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 02 maintenance count (1/2) 53 belt rotationtime count transfer belt running counter. Perform f8-29 to reset counter. 54 str rotationtime count str running counter. Perform f8-32 to reset counter. 55 deve.Unitrotatecounty developer unit counter. Perform f8-09 t...

  • Page 552

    552 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 02 maintenance count (1/2) 90 drum extra count y opc drum unit counter. 91 drum extra count m 92 drum extra count c 93 drum extra count bk 94 belt extra count transfer belt unit counter. 95 img. Area page count y (factory use only) 96 img. Area page count m 97...

  • Page 553

    553 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 03 paper feed count (2/2) (for taiwan) ( dp-c405 / c354 series only) 11-14 not used 15 a3 total count b/w a3 total counter. (read only) 16 a3 total count 1c 17 a3 total count 2c 18 a3 total count 4c 19 not used 20 a3 copy print count b/w a3 copy print counter....

  • Page 554

    554 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 07 fax count 00 fax transmit count fax total transmit counter. 01 fax receive count fax total receive counter. 02 fax print count fax total print counter. 03 fax print count single fax print count up by 1. 08 all counter clear --- all counter clear clears all ...

  • Page 555

    555 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.1.8. F8 mode: service adjustment set the machine to service mode, and press the “8” key on the control panel. ↓ press the “start” key to enter the f8 service mode on the control panel. ↓ select the desired code number on the touch panel display. ↓ if you wis...

  • Page 556

    556 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 20-24 not used 25 drum counter reset resets the drum counter and adjusts the toner density. 26 fuserbeltcounter reset resets the fuser belt counters (f7-02-65/85/86). 27 fusermaincounter reset resets the fuser main counters (f7-02-66/87/88). 28 belt length con...

  • Page 557

    557 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.1.9. F9 mode: unit maintenance set the machine to service mode, and press the “9” key on the control panel. ↓ press the “start” key to enter the f9 service mode on the control panel. ↓ select the desired code number on the touch panel display. ↓ if you wish ...

  • Page 558

    558 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 f9 unit maintenance 03 print device info. 00 f5/f6 parameters prints the memory contents of the f5 and f6 modes. 01 machine information prints the machine setup information list. 02 system address info. Prints the system memory setting. 03 not used 04 print al...

  • Page 559

    559 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 f9 unit maintenance 10 param/ counter restore (dp- c405 series only) 00 sc counter restore restores the sc counter information. (see section 3.8. For details) 01 ec counter restore 02 parameter restore counter restore (dp-c354 / c322 series only) 00 sc counter...

  • Page 560

    560 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 f9 unit maintenance 23 maint. Info. Manager (dp-c405 series only) 00 not used to correct and check recorded the service maintenance history. (see section 3.7. For details) 01 service history 02 not used 03 category of business 04 service history func. Note: se...

  • Page 561

    561 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.2. Service modes (for facsimile) caution: the factory default parameters are preset (destination dependent) for optimum performance, and in compliance with the local telecommunication regulations/standards, and do not need to be changed. Changing some of the...

  • Page 562

    562 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.2.2. Fax service mode table the following service modes are provided to assist you in setting operational functions of the unit, and determining the condition of the unit. Service modes (for facsimile) no. Service mode description 00 not used 01 function par...

  • Page 563

    563 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.2.3. Fax service mode 1 (function parameter setting) use the following procedure to change the function parameters. Set the machine to service mode, and press the “9” key on the control panel. ↓ press the “start” key to enter the f9 service mode on the contr...

  • Page 564

    564 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 004 numeric id set off on selects whether the machine accepts, and allows to set or change the numeric id. 005 destination code 000 : austria 001 : u.K. 002 : canada 003 : denmark 004 : taiwan 005 : finland 006 : germany 007 : netherlands 008 : italy 009 : spa...

  • Page 565

    565 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 010 tx level 00 = 0 dbm ~ -15 = -15 dbm selects the tx signal output level, 0 to -15 dbm in 1 dbm steps. (refer to chapter 4.3.) 011 rx level -43 dbm -38 dbm -33 dbm -48 dbm selects the receiving sensitivity of -33/-38/-43/-48 dbm. 012 dtmf level 00 = 0 dbm ~ ...

  • Page 566

    566 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 024 ced frequency 1080 hz (non itu-t) 2100 hz selects the ced frequency 2100/1080 hz 025 comm. Start-up first second selects the communication start-up condition (xmt and polling). (used when echo suppression is disabled.) 026 non-standard off (invalid) on (va...

  • Page 567

    567 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 044 redial count 0 = no redial ~ 15 = 15 times 0 ~ 9 (for australia only) selects the redial count from 0 to 15 times in 1 step intervals. Note: in order to comply with the requirements tbr21 in the ec countries, do not select 15 times. 045 ring detect count 1...

  • Page 568

    568 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 068 nyse fax forward (usa and canada only) off on selects whether the machine will forward the incoming, and outgoing faxes to a specified station. Note: once this parameter is activated, fax forwarding via fax parameter no. 054 is automatically disabled, an a...

  • Page 569

    569 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 084 line as no paper ring (ring) busy (keep line busy) selects whether to ring, or send a busy tone to the remote station when the recording paper runs out, or the unit cannot receive because of any trouble. 085 not used 086 reduction fine off on selects wheth...

  • Page 570

    570 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 note 1: continuous polling (station mode) this feature allows you to store, or add documents into a polled file in memory. To enable the continuous polling feature set function parameter no. 003 to "2:station". The last program key will be assigned with the “s...

  • Page 571

    571 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.2.4. Fax service mode 3 (printout of lists, reports and test results) from this service mode you can print the function parameter list, page memory test, printer report, all document file, protocol trace, and the toner order form. 5.2.4.1. Function parameter...

  • Page 572

    572 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 note: 1. The contents of the function parameter list may vary depending on the country’s regulations. 2. “ * ” mark will be shown on the left side of number when setting was changed from default. Function parameter list (sample) ************* -function paramet...

  • Page 573

    573 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.2.4.2. Page memory test a test pattern prints out for checking the page memory, and printer mechanism using the following procedure. Set the machine to service mode, and press the “9” key on the control panel. ↓ press the “start” key to enter the f9 service ...

  • Page 574

    574 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.2.4.3. Printer report all printer errors are logged on the printer report which can be printed by the following procedure. Set the machine to service mode, and press the “9” key on the control panel. ↓ press the “start” key to enter the f9 service mode on th...

  • Page 575

    575 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.2.4.4. All document files print the document files from the flash memory. Set the machine to service mode, and press the “9” key on the control panel. ↓ press the “start” key to enter the f9 service mode on the control panel. ↓ select “00 fax service mode” o...

  • Page 576

    576 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.2.4.5. Protocol trace print a protocol trace report for the previous communication. Set the machine to service mode, and press the “9” key on the control panel. ↓ press the “start” key to enter the f9 service mode on the control panel. ↓ select “00 fax servi...

  • Page 577

    577 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.2.4.6. Supply order form the supply order form can be printed manually by the following procedure. Set the machine to service mode, and press the “9” key on the control panel. ↓ press the “start” key to enter the f9 service mode on the control panel. ↓ selec...

  • Page 578

    578 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 explanation of contents (1) low toner message (fixed) “the toner supply in your machine is running low” (2) dealer name up to 25 digits (3) toner order tel # up to 36 digits (4) toner order fax # up to 36 digits (5) customer id up to 16 characters (user identi...

  • Page 579

    579 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.2.5. Fax service mode 4 (modem test) 5.2.5.1. Binary signal this service mode is used to check the binary signal output. Signals can be output to the line using the following procedure. Set the machine to service mode, and press the “9” key on the control pa...

  • Page 580

    580 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.2.5.2. Tonal signal this service mode is used to check the tonal signal output. Signals can be output to the line using the following procedure. Set the machine to service mode, and press the “9” key on the control panel. ↓ press the “start” key to enter the...

  • Page 581

    581 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.2.5.3. Dtmf signal this service mode is used to check the dtmf (dual tone multi frequency) signal output. The dtmf signal can be generated using the following procedure. • dtmf single tone set the machine to service mode, and press the “9” key on the control...

  • Page 582

    582 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dtmf single tone table dtmf dual tone table dtmf signal tones number dtmf dual tones 697 hz 0 941 hz + 1336 hz 770 hz 1 697 hz + 1209 hz 852 hz 2 697 hz + 1336 hz 941 hz 3 697 hz + 1477 hz 1209 hz 4 770 hz + 1209 hz 1336 hz 5 770 hz + 1336 hz 1477 hz 6 770 hz ...

  • Page 583

    583 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.2.5.4. Binary signal (v.34) this service mode is used to check the binary signal output. Signals can be output to the line using the following procedure. (v.34) set the machine to service mode, and press the “9” key on the control panel. ↓ press the “start” ...

  • Page 584

    584 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.2.6. Fax service mode 6 (ram initialization) initializes ram, and restores the function parameters to their default values. Note: this operation should be performed when the unit is first installed. Set the machine to service mode, and press the “9” key on t...

  • Page 585

    585 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.2.7. Fax service mode 8 (check & call) 5.2.7.1. Overview this feature enables the authorized servicing dealers to manage, and improve the machine maintenance to their customers by alerting them of equipment problems. It also can be used as a supply sales too...

  • Page 586

    586 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 03 toner order fax # enter the supply fax number (max. 36 digits) to be printed on the toner order form. When the field is populated, the automatic printing of the toner order form is established. (ex: 201-111-4444) 04 toner order tel # enter the supply contac...

  • Page 587

    587 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.2.7.2. Printer reports • conditions under which a report can be printed, or transmitted 1. Manual print the printer report can be printed using the service mode “f9-00: fax service mode” & “03 print param list/report” & “04 printer report”. (see sect. 5.2.4....

  • Page 588

    588 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.2.7.3. Service alert report format explanation of contents (1) customer id (2) firmware version (3) counter information (4) print error last 30 records (latest on top) **************************** > servise alert report **************************** (1) (2) l...

  • Page 589

    589 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.2.7.4. Maintenance alert report format explanation of contents (1) low toner message (fixed) “machine is running out of toner (black) (cyan) (magenta) (yellow)” (2) customer id up to 16 characters (user identification code) (3) firmware version (4) transmiss...

  • Page 590

    590 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.2.7.5. Toner order form explanation of contents (1) low toner message (fixed) “the toner supply in your machine is running low” (2) dealer name up to 25 digits (3) toner order tel # up to 36 digits (4) toner order fax # up to 36 digits (5) customer id up to ...

  • Page 591

    591 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.2.7.6. Scheduled report explanation of contents (1) customer id (2) firmware version (3) counter information (4) call counter set number total p.002 *************************************************** date mmm-dd-yyyy ***** time 03:47 *** p.01 ***** dp-cxxx ...

  • Page 592

    592 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.2.7.7. Sample report in xml format bus prod dp-cxxx 0123456789a 04182007 total count b/w 0028087 total count 1c 0000000 total count 2c 0000001 total count 4c 0019034 toner page count y 0005848 toner page count m 0012130 toner page count c 0002994 etc, etc, e...

  • Page 593

    593 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5.2.8. Service mode 9 (system maintenance) 5.2.8.1. Overview this service mode is used to maintain the machine. Use the following procedure for system maintenance. Set the machine to service mode, and press the “9” key on the control panel. ↓ press the “start”...

  • Page 594

    594 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 6 system description 6.1. Mechanical operation 6.1.1. Scanning mechanism (flatbed) 1. Scanning mechanism the scanning mechanism consisting of lens, color ccd pcb assembly, mirrors, scanner lamp, lamp base bracket, and mirror 2 bracket, is used to scan original...

  • Page 595

    595 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 when scanning originals when returning to standby position scanning motor drive shaft assembly lamp base bracket mirror 2 bracket.

  • Page 596

    596 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 6.2. Inverting automatic document feeder (i-adf) the i-adf (inverting automatic document feeder) automatically feeds documents into the unit, one original at a time. When duplex mode is selected, this feature enables two-sided faxing, or copying of the origina...

  • Page 597

    597 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 it will remain in this position until a different operation is performed (i.E. If the last operation was 2-sided scanning, a single-sided scanning is performed). 2. Scanning the front and the back side of an original the scanning of the front and back side of ...

  • Page 598

    598 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 6.3. Printer mechanism 6.3.1. Paper tray 1. Paper tray (1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th) note: above figure is the 2nd paper tray, the operation is the same for all 4 trays. A. The np actuators attached to the paper feed blocks no.1, 2, 3, and 4 determine if there is pa...

  • Page 599

    599 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 a. When the printing operation begins, the main motor starts driving the gears. B. After a predetermined time the pickup solenoid turns on, the pickup roller contacts the paper, the clutch is energized for a specified period of time, and turns on. This activat...

  • Page 600

    600 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 a. When the printing operation begins, the main motor and the drive motor start driving the gears. B. The clutch is energized for a specified period of time and turns on. This activates the feed roller. The paper is separated into individual sheets by the sepa...

  • Page 601

    601 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 a. When inserting the paper tray into the machine, the upper limit sensor activates. At the same time, the lift plate is combined with the coupling which drives the lift plate of the machine. The lift plate rotates, lifting the bottom plate, and the recording ...

  • Page 602

    602 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 the recording paper size in the paper feed module is set on the touch panel. Np sensor np actuator lift dc motor upper limit actuator upper limit sensor.

  • Page 603

    603 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2. Sheet bypass a. The np actuator attached to the paper feed unit determines if there is paper in the paper tray. B. The paper in the paper tray lowers the np actuator, and the np sensor actuates. A. When the printing operation begins, the print (print reques...

  • Page 604

    604 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 6.4. Printing process laser printer creates an image on the paper using a technique called laser electrophotography. The printer uses the electrographic process known as discharged area development, or “write black”. In this process, a digitally modulated lase...

  • Page 605

    605 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 to generate a color image, the opc drum suitably rotates to the image length, one for each of the primary colors and for the black color. During each successive pass, the laser exposes the portions of opc drum that corresponds to the primary color’s component ...

  • Page 606

    606 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 6.4.2. Laser exposure and scanning 1. Laser exposure as the opc drum rotates, the uniformly charged opc drum is exposed by the modulated laser beam. The vertically-moving opc drum passes in front of horizontally scanning laser beam, and the negative charge on ...

  • Page 607

    607 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 6.4.3. Developing as the opc drum continues to rotate, it passes by the developer roller. The currently activated developer roller is charged to a potential approximately dc -410 volts (ac 1,000 vp-p). Toner is attracted to the exposed portions of the opc drum...

  • Page 608

    608 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 6.4.5. Developer unit the developer unit consists of the magnet roller, sleeve and 2 toner auger. The toner auger a transfers the developer to the front direction, and the auger b transfers to the rear direction to circulate the developer for mixing. The toner...

  • Page 609

    609 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 once all four layers of toner reside up on the intermediate transfer belt, the registration roller clutch is energized to advance a sheet of paper (which has already been picked) to the second bias transfer roller. The toner image on the rotating intermediate ...

  • Page 610

    610 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 6.4.8. Paper exit and paper switchback after fusing, the paper is fed to the inner paper exit tray, the adu, or to the optional paper transfer unit. The paper path is switched by the combination of adu path switching solenoid ,three-step 2-way roller, and pape...

  • Page 611

    611 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 6.4.8.2. Duplex printing mode (paper switchback) the adu path switching solenoid switches off, and the lever switched to the lower side, the paper is fed through the upper path, and is transported into the three-step 2-way roller. The paper exit path switching...

  • Page 612

    612 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 7 installation (for pu) 7.1. Precautions during set up before you begin the installation, read these entire instructions. You must locate an appropriate site (firm and leveled surface) for the installation. Reading this section assists you with the decision ma...

  • Page 613

    613 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 space requirements: main unit + exit tray (outer) main unit main unit + 1 bin finisher 55.48 in (1410 mm) 45.87 in (1165mm) 3.94 in (100 mm) 11.85 in (301 mm) 3.94 in (100 mm) 3.94 in (100 mm) 3.94 in (100 mm) 15.11 in (384 mm) main unit + 1 bin saddle-stitch ...

  • Page 614

    614 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 7.2. Unpacking visually check the condition and contents of the box for completeness, or for any shipping damage before starting with the installation. Remove all tapes, and the packing materials used to secure the units during shipment. After unpacking the pr...

  • Page 615

    615 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8.

  • Page 616

    616 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 7.3. Installation procedure 7.3.1. Outline step 1: set up machine (refer to section 7.3.2.) step 2: setting and adjustment (refer to section 7.4.- 7.5.) 1. Set the date and time on the function mode. 2. Register the customer’s information on the service mode. ...

  • Page 617

    617 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 note: to release the handle, push the release latch and push the handle into the machine. (2) lift and place the machine on a suitable stand / paper tray, aligning with a guide-pin, and the front and side covers. For dp-c405 / c305 / c265 system console 1/2: (...

  • Page 618

    618 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (9) open the feed cover. (10) remove 2 blue screws. (11) pull the red wire strap (with the caution tag) to remove 2 shipping brackets. Caution: if the shipping materials (blue screws, and shipping brackets) are not removed as instructed, the machine may get da...

  • Page 619

    619 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (16) open the front cover. (17) shake the toner cartridge 10 to 15 times to loosen the contents. Note: shake it up and down, then turn the bottom up and repeat. (18) gently peel the tape off in the direction of the arrow as illustrated, however, do not open th...

  • Page 620

    620 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (20) turn the toner cartridge clockwise gently until it stops (arrow pointing to the locked mark). Repeat the steps (17) to (20) for the remaining toner cartridges. (21) firmly close the front cover. (22) reinstall, and close all covers. (23) load paper into t...

  • Page 621

    621 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 7.4. Setting 7.4.1. Set the date and the time 1. Press the “function” key on the control panel. 2. Select “general settings” on the touch panel display. 3. Scroll the menu with the “ ” button on the touch panel display, and select “09 key operator mode”. 4. En...

  • Page 622

    622 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (i.E. 00 agricultural, 01 bank/finance, 02 communication, 03 construction, 04 design, 05 distribution/ retailer, 06 education/library, 07 federal government, 08 fishing, 09 forestry, 10 manufacturing, 11 medical, 12 mining, 13 non profit, 14 post office, 15 pu...

  • Page 623

    623 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 7.5. Adjustment 7.5.1. Manual copy quality adjustment 1. Before starting, ensure that the unit is in standby in the copy mode, and it is not displaying any error codes/messages. 2. Press the “function” key on the control panel. 3. Select “general settings” on ...

  • Page 624

    624 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 14. Press the “reset” key twice on the control panel to exit to the initial screen of the f2 service mode. 15. Press the “function”, and the “c (clear)” keys simultaneously on the control panel. 7.5.3. Color exposure (special adjustment for customer's requirem...

  • Page 625

    625 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 7.6. Service notes 7.6.1. How to input the service history a. Servicing this unit the 1st time of the day register the required information before exiting the service mode. 1. Press the “function”, “copy”, and the “3” keys simultaneously on the control panel. ...

  • Page 626

    626 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 note: 1. This function will start working the day after the customer's information has been registered. (this prevents the register service action screen from appearing each time when exiting the service mode while the machine is being configured during the in...

  • Page 627

    627 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 8 installation (for pb and other destinations) 8.1. Precautions during set up before you begin the installation, read these entire instructions. You must locate an appropriate site (firm and leveled surface) for the installation. Reading this section assists y...

  • Page 628

    628 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 space requirements: main unit + exit tray (outer) main unit main unit + 1 bin finisher 55.48 in (1410 mm) 45.87 in (1165mm) 3.94 in (100 mm) 11.85 in (301 mm) 3.94 in (100 mm) 3.94 in (100 mm) 3.94 in (100 mm) 15.11 in (384 mm) main unit + 1 bin saddle-stitch ...

  • Page 629

    629 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 8.2. Unpacking visually check the condition and contents of the box for completeness, or for any shipping damage before starting with the installation. Remove all tapes, and the packing materials used to secure the units during shipment. After unpacking the pr...

  • Page 630

    630 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 1 10 4 7 5 2 6 3 1 2 7 8 5 6 9 3 4 8 9.

  • Page 631

    631 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 8.3. Installation procedure 8.3.1. Outline step 1: set up machine (refer to section 8.3.2.) step 2: setting and adjustment (refer to section 8.4.- 8.5.) 1. Set the date and time on the function mode. 2. Register the customer’s information on the service mode. ...

  • Page 632

    632 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 note: to release the handle, push the release latch and push the handle into the machine. (2) lift and place the printer unit on a suitable stand / paper tray, aligning with a guide-pin, and the front and side covers. For dp-c405 / c305 / c265 system console 1...

  • Page 633

    633 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (3) lift and place the scanner unit on the machine, aligning it with the rear, and side covers. (4) install the scanner base bracket. (5) secure the scanner base bracket with 5 screws (m4 x 8). (6) install the scanner base bracket cover. (7) secure the scanner...

  • Page 634

    634 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (10) loosen 11 screws. (11) remove the rear cover. (12) connect the scn harness to connectors cn702, and cn709 on the scn pc board. (13) route the harnesses through the access slot on the machine as illustrated. (14) connect the scn harness to the pre-installe...

  • Page 635

    635 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (18) secure the harness with the metal clamp, and 1 screw (m3 x 6). (19) connect the harness to connectors cn56, and cn57 on the sc pc board. (20) secure the harness with the metal clamp, and 1 screw (m3 x 6). (21) secure the harness with 1 harness clamp. Caut...

  • Page 636

    636 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (26) open the right side cover. (27) fasten the scanner unit with 1 thumb screw. Caution: if the shipping materials (blue screws, and shipping brackets) are not removed as instructed, the machine may get damaged when the power switches are turned on. (28) remo...

  • Page 637

    637 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (33) open the feed cover. (34) remove 2 blue screws. (35) pull the red wire strap (with the caution tag) to remove 2 shipping brackets. Caution: if the shipping materials (blue screws, and shipping brackets) are not removed as instructed, the machine may get d...

  • Page 638

    638 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (40) open the front cover. (41) shake the toner cartridge 10 to 15 times to loosen the contents. Note: shake it up and down, then turn the bottom up and repeat. (42) gently peel the tape off in the direction of the arrow as illustrated, however, do not open th...

  • Page 639

    639 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (44) turn the toner cartridge clockwise gently until it stops (arrow pointing to the locked mark). Repeat the steps (41) to (44) for the remaining toner cartridges. (45) firmly close the front cover. (46) attach the model label to the machine as illustrated. (...

  • Page 640

    640 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 8.4. Setting 8.4.1. Internet fax function confirmation it is not necessary to set the parameter for the following suffix (destinations). The internet fax firmware is automatically loaded with the host firmware. Pb : uk pk : china pt : taiwan pu : usa note: for...

  • Page 641

    641 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 8.4.3. Set the customer’s information register the required information when entering the service mode for the first time after the installation of the machine by following the steps below. If registration is not completed, the registration screen is displayed...

  • Page 642

    642 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 note: 1. This function will start working the day after the customer's information has been registered. (this prevents the register service action screen from appearing each time when exiting the service mode while the machine is being configured during the in...

  • Page 643

    643 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 8.5. Adjustment 8.5.1. Manual copy quality adjustment 1. Before starting, ensure that the unit is in standby in the copy mode, and it is not displaying any error codes/messages. 2. Press the “function” key on the control panel. 3. Select “general settings” on ...

  • Page 644

    644 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 14. Press the “reset” key twice on the control panel to exit to the initial screen of the f2 service mode. 15. Press the “function”, and the “c (clear)” keys simultaneously on the control panel. 8.5.3. Color exposure (special adjustment for customer's requirem...

  • Page 645

    645 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 3. Press the “9” key on the control panel, and then press the “start” key to enter the f9 service mode. 4. Select “00 fax service mode” on the touch panel display. 5. Select “01 function param. Setting” on the touch panel display. 6. Scroll the menu with the “...

  • Page 646

    646 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 8.6. Service notes 8.6.1. How to input the service history a. Servicing this unit the 1st time of the day register the required information before exiting the service mode. 1. Press the “function”, “copy”, and the “3” keys simultaneously on the control panel. ...

  • Page 647

    647 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 note: 1. This function will start working the day after the customer's information has been registered. (this prevents the register service action screen from appearing each time when exiting the service mode while the machine is being configured during the in...

  • Page 648

    648 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9 options and supplies 9.1. Installing the fax communication board (da-fg320) 9.1.1. Contents note: refer to the parts manual for part number(s), packing, and accessories detail. No. Qty. Description remarks 1 1 fax box 2 1 speaker assembly 3 1 usb cable 4 1 f...

  • Page 649

    649 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.1.2. Installation caution! Turn the power switch on the left side, and the main power switch on the back of the machine to the off position, and then unplug the ac power cord before beginning installation. (1) connect the fxb harness to the fax box. (2) conn...

  • Page 650

    650 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (7) install the fax box as illustrated. (8) secure the fax box with 3 screws (m3 x 6). (9) connect the other end of the speaker harness (white) to the speaker assembly. Note: (for dp-c405 series : pb and other destinations only) (10) remove 2 screws. (11) remo...

  • Page 651

    651 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (15) install 5 clamps b. (16) secure the speaker harness with 6 harness clamps, and 1 edge saddle. (17) install 1 clamp b. (18) secure the speaker harness with 1 harness clamp. (19) connect the fxb harness to connector cn64 on the sc pc board. (20) secure the ...

  • Page 652

    652 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (21) install 2 clamps a. (22) connect the usb cable to connector cn67 on the sc pc board. (23) secure the usb cable with 2 harness clamps, and 1 edge saddle. (24) open the adf cover. (25) lift the lower opening and the shutting guide 2 assembly. (26) lift the ...

  • Page 653

    653 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (28) remove 2 screws. (29) remove the inverting guide 3 assembly. (30) remove 4 screws. (remove 2 screws for dp-c322 series) (31) remove the lower exit guide. (32) connect the stamp harness to the stamp solenoid. (33) secure the stamp solenoid with 1 screw (m3...

  • Page 654

    654 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (35) reinstall the lower exit guide removed in step (31). Caution: when installing the lower exit guide, make sure that the 2 keys are properly inserted in the holes, and the lower exit guide is installed horizontally. (36) install the stamp assembly. (37) rei...

  • Page 655

    655 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (41) remove the protective tab using a nipper, or a cutter. (42) reinstall the cover. (43) secure the cover with 1 screw. (44) attach the tel/line label to the rear cover as illustrated. (45) plug the ac power cord, and turn the main power switch on the back, ...

  • Page 656

    656 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (48) it is not necessary to set the parameter for the following suffix (destinations). The fax firmware is automatically loaded with the host firmware. Pb : uk pk : china pt : taiwan pu : usa note: for other destinations, set the function parameter #005 (desti...

  • Page 657

    657 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 changing the address book setting execute the auto dial clear, and activate the 1,000 stations address book by following the steps below. 1. Press the “function”, “copy”, and the “3” keys simultaneously on the control panel 2. Input the password, and select th...

  • Page 658

    658 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.2. Installing the printer controller module (da-mc400) 9.2.1. Contents note: refer to the parts manual for part number(s), packing, and accessories detail. 9.2.2. Installation caution! Turn the power switch on the left side, and the main power switch on the ...

  • Page 659

    659 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (3) install the hardware key into one of the four available connectors (cn11, cn12,cn13, or cn99) on the sc pc board. Note: the connector is keyed, to prevent damage to the sc pc board, install the hardware key as illustrated. Do not force the hardware key int...

  • Page 660

    660 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.2.3. Service notes "firmware update" for ps option installation to use ps (da-mc400) option, the standard firmware must be updated, changing to type d sc firmware is required. The required firmware is on the cd included with the option. Before proceeding, it...

  • Page 661

    661 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4. Upgrading the main unit's firmware code start the network firmware update tool, and select the following parent firmware file folder in the c:\panasonic\panasonic-fup\data folder. The firmware type window appears, and proper firmware files are selected auto...

  • Page 662

    662 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 example: from: destination shortcut batch file: d:(cd-rom drive) \ xfirmware \ usa.Bat firmware code file: c405_c305_c265_xx_xxxxxxxx_xx.Exe to: firmware data folder: c:\ panasonic \ panasonic-fup \ data 3. Preparing the main unit for the firmware upgrade befo...

  • Page 663

    663 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 caution: 1. Remove the pcmcia/pc card adapter from the pcmcia/pc card slot in front of the machine. 2. Install the master firmware sd memory card into the card slot in front of the machine. Do not install it into the card slot on the sc pcb, or the machine wil...

  • Page 664

    664 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.3. Installing the page memory 256mb (da-pmv56) 9.3.1. Contents note: image memory board is not available for spare parts. 9.3.2. Installation caution! Turn the power switch on the left side, and the main power switch on the back of the machine to the off pos...

  • Page 665

    665 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (3) install 2 image memory boards into two connectors (cn5, and cn6) on the sc pc board. Note: make sure to align the notch first, and insert the image memory board at a 20 - 30 ° angle into the memory socket, and then lock it down. (4) proceed with the instal...

  • Page 666

    666 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.4. Installing the accounting software (da-wa10) 9.4.1. Contents note: refer to the parts manual for part number(s), packing, and accessories detail. 9.4.2. Installation 1. Install the accounting software into the pc with the operating instructions by followi...

  • Page 667

    667 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 3. Set the key/dept. Code by following the steps below. 1) press the “function” key on the control panel, and then select “general settings” on the touch panel display. D. Scroll the menu with the “ ” button on the touch panel display, and then select “09 key ...

  • Page 668

    668 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.5. Installing the sd memory card (64 mb up to 4 gb) 9.5.1. Contents note: 1. The panasonic sd memory cards listed above are included for your reference only. 2. The suffix (****) may differ depending on the destination. 9.5.2. Installation 1. Ensure that the...

  • Page 669

    669 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 caution: do not remove the sd memory card or turn the power off during formatting. Note: 1. When a new (blank) sd memory card is detected for the first time. The machine will format the sd card for data (used for g3 fax / internet fax image), and it takes appr...

  • Page 670

    670 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.6. Installing the system console 1 (da-ds320) and system console 2 (da-ds321) 9.6.1. Contents system console 1 system console 2 note: refer to the parts manual for part number(s), packing, and accessories detail. No. Qty. Description remarks 1 1 paper tray u...

  • Page 671

    671 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.6.2. Installation caution! Turn the power switch on the left side, and the main power switch on the back of the machine to the off position, and then unplug the ac power cord before beginning installation. (1) carefully unpack the system console 1 or 2, and ...

  • Page 672

    672 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (5) lift and place the machine on the paper tray, aligning it with front and side covers. Caution: 1. The machine weights approximately 360.8 lb (164 k g). To prevent injuries, use the appropriate number of personnel, and the proper equipment to lift, or move ...

  • Page 673

    673 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (9) install 2 brackets as illustrated. (10) secure each bracket with 1 screw (m4 x 8). (11) open the paper tray 3. (12) fasten the paper tray with 1 thumb screw. Customer's requirement> default paper size setting for usa and canada paper tray 3 : 11 x 17 (ledg...

  • Page 674

    674 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (13) remove 5 screws. (14) adjust the paper guides. Note: 1. Adjust the front paper guide to lineup with the paper size marker as illustrated (ex: legal, letter or fls2, etc.). 2. Adjust the rear paper guide proportionally. Caution: confirm that paper guides a...

  • Page 675

    675 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.6.3. Paper size setting (system console) 1. Press the “function”, “copy”, and the “3” keys simultaneously on the control panel. 2. Input the password, and select the “ok” button to enter the service mode (default password is 00000000, except for dp-c322 seri...

  • Page 676

    676 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.6.4.2. Lsu image side to side adjustment for the tray 1. Insert paper into tray 1, and change the tray setting to the appropriate paper size. Empty, or pull all the remaining trays out (including the sheet bypass tray) to disable them. 2. Press the “function...

  • Page 677

    677 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.7. Installing the paper transport unit (da-fk350) 9.7.1. Contents note: refer to the parts manual for part number(s), packing, and accessories detail. 9.7.2. Installation caution! Turn the power switch on the left side, and the main power switch on the back ...

  • Page 678

    678 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (3) install the bracket cover over the bracket. (4) do not use force to secure the bracket cover with 1 screw (short a). Note: do not tighten the screw (short a) too tight, as it may crack the plastic. Refer to the specified torque in the table above. (5) remo...

  • Page 679

    679 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (10) connect the harness into the machine's connector. (11) install the bracket assembly by lifting up the paper transport unit. (12) secure the bracket assembly with 1 screw (long), 2 screws (medium), and 2 screws (short b). (13) install the front cover. (14)...

  • Page 680

    680 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.8. Installing the exit tray (outer) (da-xt320) 9.8.1. Contents note: 1. Before installing this option, make sure the paper transport unit (da-fk350/fk320) is installed to machine first. Refer to the installation instructions of the paper transport unit (da-f...

  • Page 681

    681 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (5) install the exit tray onto the outer cover assembly. (6) proceed with the installation of other options. If finished, reinstall all harnesses and covers. (7) plug the ac power cord, and turn the main power switch on the back and the power switch on the lef...

  • Page 682

    682 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.9. Installing the 1 bin finisher (da-fs402) 9.9.1. Contents note: 1. Before installing this option, make sure the paper transport unit (da-fk350) is installed to machine first. Refer to the installation instructions of the paper transport unit (da-fk350). 2....

  • Page 683

    683 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.9.2. Installation caution! Turn the power switch on the left side, and the main power switch on the back of the machine to the off position, and then unplug the ac power cord before beginning installation. Note: make sure that there will be adequate space fo...

  • Page 684

    684 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (4) release the harness from the harness clamp. (5) remove the dummy plug. Note: the dummy plug is used for safety purposes when removing the optional lvps, store it in a safe place for future use. (6) release 2 harnesses from the harness clamp. (7) connect th...

  • Page 685

    685 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (9) install the optional lvps. (10) secure the optional lvps with 2 screws (m3 x 6). (11) install the finisher ipc pc board into connector cn535 on the ec pc board. Note: gently insert the ipc pc board as illustrated. (12) hook the base bracket, and secure it ...

  • Page 686

    686 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (14) install the front slide guide bracket, and the rear slide guide bracket. (15) secure 2 slide guide brackets with 2 screws (m4 x 6). (16) install the finisher tray assembly. (17) secure the finisher tray assembly with 2 snap rings. (18) connect the finishe...

  • Page 687

    687 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.10. Installing the 1 bin saddle-stitch finisher (da-fs405) 9.10.1. Contents note: 1. Before installing this option, make sure the paper transport unit (da-fk350) is installed to the machine first. Refer to the installation instructions of the paper transport...

  • Page 688

    688 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.10.2. Installation caution! Turn the power switch on the left side, and the main power switch on the back of the machine to the off position, and then unplug the ac power cord before beginning installation. 1. Selecting the installation site make sure that t...

  • Page 689

    689 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 3. Preparing the host machine for finisher installation (1) connect the optional lvps harness to connector cn64 on the optional lvps. (2) remove 11 screws. (3) remove the rear cover assembly. Caution: if the led on the sc pc board is lit (on), the power to the...

  • Page 690

    690 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (5) remove the dummy plug. Note: the dummy plug is used for safety purposes when removing the optional lvps, store it in a safe place for future use. (6) release 2 harnesses from the harness clamp. (7) connect the pre-installed harness to the optional lvps har...

  • Page 691

    691 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (11) install the finisher ipc pc board into connector cn535 on the ec pc board. Note: gently insert the ipc pc board as illustrated. (12) install the latch plate. (13) secure the latch plate with 4 screws (m3 x 6). Note: before connecting the finisher to its h...

  • Page 692

    692 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (2) slide the slider of the stand outward, loosen the screws securing the bracket, then secure the slider. (3) place the finisher on the slider of the stand, and loosely secure it with 2 screws (m4 x 7). Caution: when mounting the finisher in place, be sure to...

  • Page 693

    693 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (5) attach the delivery tray with 4 screws (m4 x 7) as illustrated. (6) open the front door of the finisher, then insert the stapler along the guide rails. Caution: remove all tapes from the stapler before installing. The stapler cannot be removed from the fin...

  • Page 694

    694 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (11) turn the adjusters to adjust the height, or the perpendicular position of the finisher to the machine. (gaps “a” and “b” should be identical). Note: if the finisher is not latched properly, loosen 2 screws, and adjust the height using the adjusters. (12) ...

  • Page 695

    695 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.11. Installing the punch unit (da-sp41) 9.11.1. Contents note: refer to the parts manual for part number(s), packing, and accessories detail. 9.11.2. Installation caution! Turn the power switch on the left side, and the main power switch on the back of the m...

  • Page 696

    696 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (5) unlock the latch under the release lever, and remove the release lever. (6) remove 3 screws, open the jam access door, and detach the front cover. (7) close the jam access door. (8) remove 2 screws on the paper supply side of the finisher. (9) remove 1 scr...

  • Page 697

    697 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (10) remove 2 screws at the front of the finisher. (11) remove 2 screws on the back of the finisher, and detach the upper-right cover assembly. 3. Attaching to the finisher (1) unlock the latches, and remove the upper-right cover assembly outward, then remove ...

  • Page 698

    698 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (2) place the punch unit on the paper supply section of the finisher as shown below. (3) secure the punch unit to the finisher with the original 2 screws (white, m4 x 6), and the enclosed 1 screw (screw with threaded star washer, m4 x 6). Latch positioning pin...

  • Page 699

    699 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (4) open the upper cover, fit the latches on the upper-right cover in the square holes in the punch unit, and attach the upper-right cover to the punch unit. (5) close the upper cover. (6) secure the upper-right cover to the finisher with the original 2 screws...

  • Page 700

    700 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (8) connect one end of the punch relay harnesses to the punch controller circuit board as follows: = j1004 = j003 (9) connect the other end of the punch relay harnesses to the finisher controller circuit board as follows: = cn14 = cn12 punch controller circuit...

  • Page 701

    701 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (10) place the punch relay harnesses into the harness clamps and harness guides. (11) attach the front cover, latch release lever, jam release dial, and rear cover. Note: when attaching the front cover, attach it with the side guide being on the inside of the ...

  • Page 702

    702 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (13) slowly move the finisher back and forth, close to the host machine, and adjust the finisher so that the notch of the latch plate aligns with the protrusion of the punch base cover. (14) tighten 2 screws loosened in step (12). (15) attach the finisher to t...

  • Page 703

    703 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.12. Installing the adf handle for accessibility (da-ud321) 9.12.1. Contents note: refer to the parts manual for part number(s), packing, and accessories detail. 9.12.2. Installation caution! Turn the power switch on the left side, and the main power switch o...

  • Page 704

    704 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (7) attach the adf caution label to the adf front cover as illustrated. (8) proceed with the installation of other options. If finished, reinstall all harnesses and covers. (9) plug the ac power cord, and turn the main power switch on the back and the power sw...

  • Page 705

    705 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.13. Installing the mechanical counter (pjwef2170pu) (supplied as a service part for pu version (usa and canada, etc.)) 9.13.1. Contents note: refer to the parts manual for part number(s), packing, and accessories detail. 9.13.2. Installation caution! Turn th...

  • Page 706

    706 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (4) release the pre-installed harness(es) in the machine from the harness clamp(s). (5) connect the harness(es) to the mechanical counter(s). (6) install the mechanical counter(s). (7) secure the mechanical counter(s) with 1 screw each. Note: upper : counter 1...

  • Page 707

    707 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.13.3. Mechanical counter setting 1. Press the “function”, “copy”, and the “3” keys simultaneously on the control panel. 2. Input the password, and select the “ok” button to enter the service mode (default password is 00000000). 3. Press the “5” key on the co...

  • Page 708

    708 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.14. Installing the dehumidifier heater kit (pjzef217npu) 9.14.1.Contents note: refer to the parts manual for part number(s), packing, and accessories detail. No. Qty. Description remarks 1 1 scanner heater assembly 2 1 paper tray heater assembly 3 1 rlb pc b...

  • Page 709

    709 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 illustration of contents 1 2 14 15 16 17 19 18 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 27.

  • Page 710

    710 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.14.2. Installation caution! Turn the power switch on the left side, and the main power switch on the back of the machine to the off position, and then unplug the ac power cord before beginning installation. (1) remove 11 screws. (2) remove the rear cover ass...

  • Page 711

    711 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (7) disconnect 5 harnesses on the sc pcb (cn52, cn53) and the ec pcb (cn519, cn520) and the intermediate connector. (8) release the harnesses from 14 harness clamps. (9) release the harnesses from 3 harness clamps. (10) remove 2 screws. (11) remove the nfl 2 b...

  • Page 712

    712 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (12) disconnect the harness on the nfl pcb (cn132). (13) remove 5 screws. (14) remove the lvps unit. (15) disconnect the harness on the nfl pcb (cn133). (16) remove 2 screws. (17) remove the nfl pcb assembly. (18) release the harnesses from the edge saddle. (1...

  • Page 713

    713 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (21) release the harnesses from 5 harness clamps. (22) remove 6 screws. (23) remove 3 screws. (24) remove the lvps bracket. (25) disconnect the fan harness. (26) install 2 spacers [22]. (27) install 2 metal spacers [23]. (28) secure the metal spacer with 1 scr...

  • Page 714

    714 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (31) reinstall the nfl pcb assembly. Caution: when reinstalling the lvps bracket, secure the side screws first. (32) connect one end of the rlb harness [13] (red) to connector cn171 on the rlb pc board. (33) connect the other end of the rlb harness (white) to ...

  • Page 715

    715 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (39) remove 2 screws. (40) remove the front left cover. (41) remove the protective tab using a nipper or a cutter. (42) attach the heater power label [14] to the front left cover as illustrated. (43) remove 2 screws. (44) remove the front left cover bracket. (...

  • Page 716

    716 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (46) connect one end (with 2 connectors) of the sw4 harness [11] to the heater switch. (47) route the sw4 harness through the hole in the frame as illustrated. (48) install the front left cover bracket assembly. (49) secure the front left cover bracket assembl...

  • Page 717

    717 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (51) route the sw4c harness [12] through the hole in the frame as illustrated. (52) connect one end of the sw4c harness to the sw4 harness. (53) secure the sw4c harness with 2 harness clamps. (54) install 2 harness clamps [21]. (55) secure the sw4c harness wit...

  • Page 718

    718 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (58) connect the sw4c harness to connector cn176 on the rlb pc board. (59) reinstall the lvps assembly. (60) release the fan harness from 2 clamps and 1 edge saddle. (61) disconnect the fan harness. (62) remove 2 screws. (63) remove the fan assembly. (64) inst...

  • Page 719

    719 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (65) install 6 harness clamps [19]. (66) secure the ht1 harness with 3 harness clamps. (67) route the ht1 harness through the hole in the frame as illustrated. (68) secure the ht1 harness with 6 harness clamps. (69) remove 2 screws. (70) remove the rear scanne...

  • Page 720

    720 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (71) connect the ht1 harness to the connector. (72) open the adf. (73) remove 2 screws. (74) remove the right platen cover. (75) remove the glass assembly..

  • Page 721

    721 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (76) move the scanning lamp to the right side. (77) remove 4 black screws. Note: this allows the removal of the control panel unit in the following steps. (78) adjust the control panel to the 4th position. (79) loosen 1 screw. (80) loosen 1 screw. (81) remove ...

  • Page 722

    722 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (82) adjust the control panel to the 2nd position. (83) unhook and remove the damper spring. (84) remove the control panel unit by pulling it in the illustrated direction. (85) disconnect the harnesses on the pnl1 pc board. (86) remove the scanner front cover ...

  • Page 723

    723 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (87) install 5 harness clamps [18]. (88) connect one end (with 1 connector) of the ht3 harness [8] to the connector. (89) install 2 edge saddles [17]. (90) route one end of the ht3 harness (short) through the left side hole in the frame as illustrated. (91) ro...

  • Page 724

    724 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (93) install 2 connector cover assembly as illustrated. (94) secure the connector cover assembly with 1 screw [25]. (95) secure the ht3 harness with 5 harness clamps and 2 edge saddles. (96) install 1 harness clamp [18]. (97) install the scanner heater assembl...

  • Page 725

    725 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (101) install the harness clamp [20]. (102) connect one end of the ht4 harness [9] (black) to connector cn172 on the rlb pc board. (103) hook the ht4 harness with 2 latch hooks. (104) secure the ht4 harness with 2 harness clamps. (105) secure the ground harnes...

  • Page 726

    726 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (107) insert the paper tray heater assembly harness [2] through the hole in the frame as illustrated. (108) install the paper tray heater assembly. (109) secure the paper tray heater assembly with 2 screws [25]. (110) secure the ground harness with 1 screw [26...

  • Page 727

    727 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (115) connect the other end of the ht6 harness to the ht4 harness. (116) attach the caution label [16] to the bottom plate as illustrated. (117) attach the power label [15] to the rear cover assembly as illustrated. (118) proceed with the installation of other...

  • Page 728

    728 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.15. Installing the dds unlock module (da-uk10) 9.15.1. Contents note: refer to the parts manual for part number(s), packing, and accessories detail. 9.15.2. Installation caution! Turn the power switch on the left side, and the main power switch on the back o...

  • Page 729

    729 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (3) install the hardware key into one of the four available connectors (cn11, cn12,cn13, or cn99) on the sc pc board. Note: the connector is keyed, to prevent damage to the sc pc board, install the hardware key as illustrated. Do not force the hardware key int...

  • Page 730

    730 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.16. Installing the coin vendor harness kit (pjzef3310pb) 9.16.1. Contents no. Qty. Description remarks 1 1 coin vendor pcb assy 2 1 relay harness (a) for dp-c405 series : white & red combination, 32 pin connectors (small) 1 relay harness (a) for dp-c354 / c3...

  • Page 731

    731 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.16.2. Installation caution! Turn the power switch on the left side, and the main power switch on the back of the machine to the off position, and then unplug the ac power cord before beginning installation. (1) loosen 11 screws. (2) remove the rear cover. Ca...

  • Page 732

    732 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 follow the steps below skip to step (30) (6) install 2 pcb spacers. (7) install the coin vendor pc board as illustrated. (8) secure the pc board with 2 screws. (9) disconnect the original harness from cn504 on the ec pcb. Note: relay harness (a) white & red co...

  • Page 733

    733 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (12) replace 1 harness clamp (from small to large). (13) replace 1 harness clamp (from medium to large). (14) secure the harnesses with the harness clamps. (15) connect the counter relay harness to cn902 on the coin vendor pcb. (16) connect the counter relay h...

  • Page 734

    734 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (19) connect the coin relay harness to cn901 on the coin vendor pcb. (20) connect the harness (b) and coin relay harness. (21) secure the harnesses with the harness clamps. (22) connect the d-sub relay harness to cn903 on the coin vendor pcb. (23) replace 1 ha...

  • Page 735

    735 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (26) proceed with the installation of other options. If finished, reinstall all harnesses and covers. (27) if necessary, connect the coin vendor harness to the coin vendor. (28) plug the ac power cord, and turn the main power switch on the back, and the power ...

  • Page 736

    736 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (37) connect the harness (b) to cn530, and cn531 on the ec pcb, and cn901 on the coin vendor pcb. (38) connect the coin vendor harness (c) to cn903 on the coin vendor pcb. (39) replace the harness clamp (from medium to large), and secure the harness (b), and t...

  • Page 737

    737 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9.17. Replacing the opc drum refer to the operating instructions (for basic operations, problem solving section). 9.18. Replacing the toner waste container refer to the operating instructions (for basic operations, problem solving section). Note: the u14 “repl...

  • Page 738

    738 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 10 network information 10.1. Remote entry 10.1.1. Remote entry overview remote entry is a feature enabling remote computers to send email to this machine and edit its settings, such as its internet parameters and the address book. Email sent from remote comput...

  • Page 739

    739 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 10.1.2. Commands that can be used the "subject" field of an email message can be used as a command line field. The following commands can be used with this machine: 10.1.3. Internet parameters that can be entered and retrieved 1. From selection (user name: up ...

  • Page 740

    740 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 machine is used to enter and retrieve internet parameters. (ex: 1234567879) 3. Execution of this command will overwrite the existing settings of internet parameters. As a precaution, you should retrieve the internet parameters first as instructed later and bac...

  • Page 741

    741 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 10.1.6. Backing up internet parameters and the address book retrieved or edited edit the internet parameters or the address book that has been retrieved. Save the edited versions of data as text (.Txt) files as backup copies. To edit information, follow the st...

  • Page 742

    742 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (1) destination (to) : email address of this machine sender (from) : this field is normally not displayed when a new email message is created, but it contains the default email address. This field is used to receive internet parameters and post error messages....

  • Page 743

    743 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (2) @sender to @end : @sender and @end: enter sender (from) information between @sender and @end in (2). Enter up to 24 user names and email addresses for sender selection. Enter a semicolon (;) to delimit each block of data. If the subsequent fields are blank...

  • Page 744

    744 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (8) the header needs to be deleted before email can be transmitted to this machine to repro- gram the internet parameters. (9) the information that follows the "#" symbol may be deleted or retained; it will be ignored by this machine anyway. (1) to : your mach...

  • Page 745

    745 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 note: 1. If a pop user account is programmed into the p1 to p15 program keys, the data programmed for this key cannot be deleted, even when the delete command is specified. 2. The email address and the telephone number cannot be programmed via email when: a. A...

  • Page 746

    746 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 10.1.7. Deleting the entire address book enter the following command as email text to clear the address book on this machine completely: @command delete @end this command can be inserted before the @begin to @end block to clear the address book entirety and th...

  • Page 747

    747 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 10.2. Error messages generated during remote entry if errors occur during remote entry in the address book or program dialing, error messages are emailed from this machine to the sending station. 10.2.1. Error messages if errors occur during remote entry in th...

  • Page 748

    748 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 7 there is an error in the @program block. The block end command "@end" is missing in the "@program " block. Resend with the addition of an "@end " command. 8 the "@system " command is missing. The system block start command "@system " is missing in the "@syst...

  • Page 749

    749 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 11 schematic diagram 11.1. General circuit diagram (dp-c405 series) p a r ts with a mark on this schema tic dia gram incorpora te special fea tures impor t ant for safety . When ser vicing, it is essential tha t onl y manuf a cturer's specified p a r ts are us...

  • Page 750

    750 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 11.2. General circuit diagram (dp-c354 series) p a r t s with a mark on this schema tic dia g ram incorpora te special fea tures impor t a nt for safety . When ser vicing, it is essential tha t onl y manuf a cturer's specified p a r t s are used for the critic...

  • Page 751

    751 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 11.3. General circuit diagram (dp-c322 series) p a r t s with a mark on this schema tic dia g ram incorpora te special fea tures impor t a nt for safety . When ser vicing, it is essential tha t onl y manuf a cturer's specified p a r t s are used for the critic...

  • Page 752

    752 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 dp-c405/c305/c265 memo.

  • Page 753

    753 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12 finisher options 12.1. Da-fs405 / fs356 / fs325, da-sp41 12.1.1. General description 12.1.1.1. Features 1. Through-type stapler adoption of a through-type stapler allows a stapler to carry out saddle stitching. 2. Three different auto stapling positions thr...

  • Page 754

    754 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.1.2. Da-fs405 /fs356/fs325, da-sp41 specifications 1. Finisher / saddle assembly item description remarks stacking 2 locations (1) delivery tray (descending type; 1 tray) face-down (2) bind tray (fixed type) feed reference center reference stacking paper ...

  • Page 755

    755 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 note 1 : the number of sheets is computed based on 20 lb, or 80 g/m 2 paper. Note 2 : alignment is not guaranteed if the stack consists of 750 sheets or more. Stapling size front 1-point stapling a3, b4, a4, a4-r, b5 ldr, lgl, ltr, ltr-r, fls2 rear 1-point sta...

  • Page 756

    756 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 staple position fig. 1-001 stacked paper alignment fig. 1-002 0.2±0.08 in (5±2 mm) 0.18±0.08 in (4.5±2 mm) 0.2±0.08 in (5±2 mm) a3 or a4 0.2±0.08 in (5±2 mm) 0.18±0.08 in (4.5±2 mm) front 1-point stapling middle 2-point stapling middle 2-point stapling (w/ sad...

  • Page 757

    757 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2. Punch unit (option) table 1-002 item description remarks punching method reciprocating method (sequential processing method) paper size 2- / 3-hole (punch unit da-sp41-pu) 2-hole / lgl, ltr-r 3-hole / ldr, ltr for usa and canada 2- / 4-hole (punch unit da-s...

  • Page 758

    758 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 hole position fig. 1-003 4.27±0.12 in (108.5±3 mm) 3.48±0.12 in (88.5±3 mm) 2.56±0.12 in (65±3 mm) 2.01±0.12 in (51±3 mm) a3/a4 b5/b4 a4-r b5-r 1.12±0.12 in (28.5±3 mm) a3/a4 1.24±0.12 in (31.5±3 mm) ldr/ltr 2.87±0.12 in (73±3 mm) lgl/ltr-r 1 1 1 1 3.15±0.04 i...

  • Page 759

    759 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.1.3. Names of parts 12.1.1.3.1. Cross section 1. Finisher unit fig. 1-004 [1] delivery tray [2] aligning plate (front, rear) [3] paddle [4] delivery roller [5] processing tray stopper [6] feed roller [7] punch unit (option) [8] delivery belt [9] stack del...

  • Page 760

    760 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2. Saddle unit fig. 1-005 3. Punch unit (option) fig. 1-006 12.1.1.4. Routine maintenance by the user table 1-003 [1] bind stopper [2] bind tray [3] stack feed roller [4] bind delivery roller [5] paper fold roller [6] paper pushing plate (1) die (2) cam (3) ho...

  • Page 761

    761 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.2. Outline of operation 12.1.2.1. Basic operations 12.1.2.1.1. Specifications the finisher serves to deliver sheets coming from its host machine. The mode of delivery may be non-sort stack, job offset*, or staple delivery. The saddle unit build into the f...

  • Page 762

    762 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.2.1.2. Outline of the electrical circuitry the sequence of finisher operations is controlled by the finisher controller pcb. The finisher controller pcb is a 16-bit microprocessor (cpu), and is also used for combination with the host machine (serial). The...

  • Page 763

    763 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.2.1.3. Inputs to and outputs from the finisher controller pcb 1. Inputs to the finisher controller pcb (1/2) fig. 2-003 pi1 cn44-3 -1 -2 cn43-1 -3 -2 cn42-3 -1 -2 +5v ent_s cn16-10 -12 -11 pi6 cn30-3 -1 -2 cn29-1 -3 -2 cn28-9 -7 -8 +5v adj_tray_s cn5-1 -3...

  • Page 764

    764 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2. Inputs to the finisher controller pcb (2/2) fig. 2-004 pi11 cn40-3 -1 -2 cn38-4 -6 -5 cn37-6 -4 -5 +5v bind_hp cn16-4 -6 -5 pi12 cn41-3 -1 -2 -7 -9 -8 -3 -1 -2 +5v bind_rol_hp -7 -9 -8 pi13 cn47-3 -1 -2 +5v bind_emps cn15-1 -3 -2 pi14 cn52-1 -2 -3 +5v bind_...

  • Page 765

    765 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 3. Outputs from the finisher controller pcb (1/2) fig. 2-005 cl1 -1 -2 -2 -1 cn18-1 -2 +24v b_clu binding clutch feed motor paddle motor delivery motor alignment motor (front) alignment motor (rear) finisher controller pcb when the drive is transmitted, ‘1’. S...

  • Page 766

    766 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4. Outputs from the finisher controller pcb (2/2) fig. 2-006 -2 -1 -2 -1 siftmtr_1 siftmtr_0 shift motor finisher controller pcb switches between ‘+’ and ‘-’ according to the direction of motor rotation. Cn70 -2 -1 -2 -1 cn6-1 -2 cn70 m6 -2 -1 -2 -1 bindmtr_1 ...

  • Page 767

    767 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 5. Inputs to and outputs from the finisher controller fig. 2-007 pi18 cn72-5 cn72a-5 cn72a-5 slid_hp cn11-3 slide home position sensor staple home position sensor staple empty sensor staple top position sensor slide motor finisher controller pcb stapler unit w...

  • Page 768

    768 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.2.1.4. Inputs to and outputs from the punch controller pcb (option) 1. Inputs to and outputs from the punch controller pcb fig. 2-008 pi1p j2008-3 -1 -2 +5v punch j1006-4 -6 -5 pi2p j2007-3 -1 -2 +5v slide j1006-1 -3 -2 pi3p j2009-3 -1 -2 +5v +5v +5v +5v ...

  • Page 769

    769 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2. Outputs from the punch controller pcb fig. 2-009 +5v ledon5 ledon4 ledon3 ledon2 ledon1 a b a* b* j1007-6 -1 -5 -4 -3 -2 punch motor horizontal registration motor led5 led4 led3 led2 led1 led pcb punch controller pcb when ‘1’, led goes on. Switches between ...

  • Page 770

    770 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.2.2. Feed / drive system 12.1.2.2.1. Outline the machine performs the following in response to the commands coming from its host machine on the sheets arriving from the host machine for delivery: simple stacking, job offset, and stapling or folding (in tw...

  • Page 771

    771 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 b. Job offset the machine pulls the sheet once to the processing tray. It then moves the sheet to the front, or the rear using the aligning plate. When it has deposited a specific number of sheets, it delivers them in the form of an aligning plane. When the nu...

  • Page 772

    772 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 c. Stapling the machine stacks sheets coming from its host machine on the processing tray. When the number of sheets stacked on the processing tray reaches a specified value, the finisher staples them, and delivers the stapled stack to the delivery tray. Fig. ...

  • Page 773

    773 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.2.2.2. Feed / delivery 1. Outline the machine forwards the sheets coming from its host machine to the delivery tray, processing tray, or saddle unit according to the type of delivery used. The sheets forwarded to the processing tray or the saddle unit are...

  • Page 774

    774 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 2-015 finisher controller pcb (1/2) finisher controller pcb (2/2) alignment plate motor (front) drive signal fjogmtr shift motor drive signal siftmtr delivery motor drive signal ejctmtr slide motor drive signal slidmtr staple/fold motor drive signal bindm...

  • Page 775

    775 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 2-016 table 2-002 notation name description connector on finisher controller pcb pi1 inlet sensor photo interrupter cn16 pi10 fold position sensor photo interrupter cn16 finisher controller pcb inlet paper detect signal ent_p f old position paper detect s...

  • Page 776

    776 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.2.2.3. Job offset 1. Outline "job offset" refers to the operation by which the machine delivers a set of sheets with them pulled forward, or backward for sorting. Switching between the forward, and backward directions is accomplished by using an aligning ...

  • Page 777

    777 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2. Processing tray paper stacking operation a sheet coming between the delivery rollers is fed onto the processing tray. Then, the paddle taps on the sheet surface twice (once for the second and subsequent sheets) to position the sheet against the processing t...

  • Page 778

    778 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4. Stack delivery operation stack delivery takes place when 10 sheets of large-size paper, or 30 sheets of small-size paper (a5- and stmt-sizes: 10 sheets) have been stacked on the processing tray with them offset in either direction. The paddle motor rotates,...

  • Page 779

    779 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.2.3. Stapling operation 12.1.2.3.1. Outline staple operation is performed to staple specified sheets of paper using a stapler unit. The stapling position depends on the staple mode, and paper size. When the machine starts immediately after power-on, the f...

  • Page 780

    780 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.2.3.2. Stapling operation when stacking, and alignment of paper on the processing tray are complete, the finisher controller pcb drives the paddle motor (m2) in the reverse direction, and lowers the swing guide. When the swing guide descends, the paper st...

  • Page 781

    781 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.2.3.3. Delivery operation after stapling when stapling is complete, the finisher controller pcb drives the deliver motor in the forward direction to feed the paper stack (sandwiched between the stack delivery rollers) in the delivery direction. The delive...

  • Page 782

    782 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.2.3.4. Stapler unit the staple/fold motor (m7) is used to perform stapling operation. This motor rotates the cam one turn for stapling. The home position of this cam is detected by the staple home position sensor (pi19). The staple/fold motor is rotated i...

  • Page 783

    783 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 1. Stapler movement controller the stapler unit is moved by the slide motor (m8). Its home position is detected by the slide home position sensor (pi18). The stapler waits at the back irrespective of the staple mode and paper size. After paper has been stacked...

  • Page 784

    784 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 c. Middle 2-point stapling the stapler waits at the back. The stapler moves to and returns from the stapling position for each stapling operation. The stapler first staples a paper stack at the rear stapling position, and then staples it at the front stapling ...

  • Page 785

    785 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 stapling operation sequence rear 1-point stapling of 2 sheets fig. 2-034 start signal 20msec cw rotation ccw rotation host machine delivery signal 10msec 360msec 360msec ??? Staple inlet sensor (pi1) processing tray sensor (pi6) feed motor (m1) delivery motor ...

  • Page 786

    786 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.2.4. Delivery tray operation 12.1.2.4.1. Outline the machine has a delivery tray in the finisher unit, and a bind tray in the saddle unit. The bind tray in the saddle unit is of the fixed type, and all the folded paper stacks are delivered to this tray. T...

  • Page 787

    787 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.2.5. Saddle unit 12.1.2.5.1. Basic operations 1. Outline the machine stitches a stack of sheets (middle 2-point), then folds the stack in two in the finisher. These operations are controlled by the finisher controller pcb. The finisher controller pcb is c...

  • Page 788

    788 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 a. Paper feed-in after being aligned on the processing tray, a stack of sheets is sandwiched between the stack delivery rollers. As the stack delivery rollers rotate, the stack is fed toward the saddle unit. Fig. 2-037 b. Stitching when the center of the paper...

  • Page 789

    789 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 c. Stack feed the stack feed rollers feed the paper stack to the stack folding/delivery position where the center of the stack (stitched position) is level with the paper pushing plate and paper folding roller's nip part. Fig. 2-039 d. Folding / delivery the p...

  • Page 790

    790 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.2.5.3. Paper feed system 1. Outline the paper feed system feeds a stack of sheets (coming from the finisher) to the position where the center of the paper stack (stitching position) is aligned to the stapler's staple, allowing the next step (stitching and...

  • Page 791

    791 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.2.5.4. Stack feed system 1. Outline the stack feed system feeds the stitched paper stack to the folding position. When stitching is complete, the feed motor (m2) rotates, causing the stack feed roller (upper) to descend. The paper stack is sandwiched betw...

  • Page 792

    792 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.2.5.5. Fold / delivery system 1. Outline the paper fold mechanism consists of a guide plate, paper fold rollers, and a paper pushing plate. The guide plate, paper fold rollers, and paper pushing plate are driven by the staple/fold motor (m7). The drive fo...

  • Page 793

    793 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 2-044 [paper folding start position] fig. 2-045 folding home position sensor (pi11) paper pushing plate paper fold roller (upper) staple/fold motor m7 paper fold roller (lower) paper stack paper stack paper push plate folds/feeds a paper stack. Inlet outl...

  • Page 794

    794 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 2-046 cw rotation ccw rotation ????? Staple feed motor (m2) delivery motor (m3) paddle motor (m1) paddle home position sensor (pi2) swing guide home position sensor (pi3) stapler safety switch (ms3) slide motor (m8) staple/fold motor (m7) staple home posi...

  • Page 795

    795 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.2.6. Punch unit (option) 12.1.2.6.1. Basic operations 1. Outline the punch unit is an option and is designed for installation to the pickup assembly of the finisher. The punch unit is not equipped with a paper feeding mechanism, and the sheets from the ho...

  • Page 796

    796 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.2.6.2. Punching operation 1. Outline the punch unit is located in the pickup assembly of the finisher, and is used to punch holes in sheets that have been sent from the host machine and stopped inside it. When the trailing edge of a sheet reaches the punc...

  • Page 797

    797 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 2-048 punch controller pcb (1/2) punch controller pcb (2/2) trailing edge detection signal (led5, pt5) paend horizontal registration detection signal (led1~4, pt1~4) sreg1~4 horizontal registration motor (m2p) drive signal punch motor (m1p) drive signal p...

  • Page 798

    798 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2. Punching operation the hole puncher is driven by the punch motor (m1p). The home position for the hole puncher is detected by the punch home position sensor (pi1p). The punch unit comes in three types, selected to suit the country of installation: 2-hole (p...

  • Page 799

    799 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 b. 2-/3-hole type the home position is identified when the punch home position sensor is on. To make two holes, the punching operation for the first sheet ends when the punch shaft rotates 180 ° (half circumference) and the punch home position sensor goes on. ...

  • Page 800

    800 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 while two hole are being made, the 3-hole puncher makes a single round trip in escape direction (moving up the hole puncher). Fig. 2-054 3. Horizontal registration operation the horizontal registration drive for the punch slide unit is provided by the horizont...

  • Page 801

    801 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2) when the horizontal registration sensor (led1 though 4, pt1 through) suited to the paper size signal from the host machine detects the rear edge of the sheet, the horizontal registration motor (m2p) causes a farther move to a specific position, and stops th...

  • Page 802

    802 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.2.7. Detecting jams 12.1.2.7.1. Outline the microprocessor (cpu) on the finisher controller pcb is programmed to check for jams in the finisher/ saddle/puncher (option) at such times as set in advance. It identifies a jam in reference to the presence/ abs...

  • Page 803

    803 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 3. Folding position sensor delay jam (1012) in bind mode, the folding position sensor does not detect paper 1200 msec after the intermediate processing tray starts to send paper to the stapling position. Fig. 2-062 4. Folding position sensor stationary jam (10...

  • Page 804

    804 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.2.8. Power supply system 12.1.2.8.1. Finisher / saddle assembly 1. Outline when the host machine is turned on, it supplies the finisher controller pcb with two channels of 24 vdc; one is for the motors and clutches, and the other is turned into 5 vdc by t...

  • Page 805

    805 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 2-062 is a block diagram for the power supply system : fig. 2-065 2. Protective mechanisms the 24-v system used to drive the punch motor (m1p) and the horizontal registration motor (m2p) is equipped with a built-in fuse that melts in the presence of overc...

  • Page 806

    806 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.3. Mechanical systems 12.1.3.1. Finisher saddle unit 12.1.3.1.1. External components fig. 3-001 [1] tray (4) [2] rear cover (3) [3] front cover (5) [4] front door [5] upper door [6] upper right cover assembly (4) [7] jam removal cover the number in parent...

  • Page 807

    807 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-004 (4) remove 3 screws [5], and detach the front cover [6]. Fig. 3-005 1-3. Removing the rear cover (1) remove 2 screws [1] on the pickup side, and remove 1 screw [2] on the delivery side; then, detach the rear cover [3]. Fig. 3-006 [6] [5] [5] [3] [1]...

  • Page 808

    808 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-007 1-4. Removing the upper cover (1) open the upper cover [1], and turn the cover band retainer [2] to the left to remove it. (2) remove the cover band [3]. Fig. 3-008 (3) remove 1 screw [4], and detach the processing tray rear cover [5]; then, detach ...

  • Page 809

    809 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-009 1-5. Removing the processing tray upper cover (1) remove the front cover. (see removing the front cover) (2) remove the rear cover. (see removing the rear cover) (3) remove the upper cover. (see removing the upper cover) (4) disconnect the connector...

  • Page 810

    810 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-011 fig. 3-012 1-6. Removing the upper right cover assembly (1) remove the front cover. (see removing the front cover) (2) remove the rear cover. (see removing the rear cover) (3) remove 2 screws [1] at the front and the 2 screws [2] at the rear; then, ...

  • Page 811

    811 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-015 caution: be sure to mount the side guide after securely fitting the paper surface detecting lever (rear) [5] in the groove of the paper surface detecting lever (middle) [6]. After mounting, push the paper surface detecting lever several times to mak...

  • Page 812

    812 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.3.1.2. Feeding system fig. 3-016 2-1. Removing the stapler unit (1) open the front door [1]. (2) slide out the stapler unit [3] while pressing the stopper lever [2]. Fig. 3-017 caution: do not remove the stapler from the stapler frame shaft. If removed, t...

  • Page 813

    813 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-019 (1) detach the gear cover [2] from the staple driver [1]. (2) remove the e-ring [3] to detach the side cover [5] of the stapler clincher [4]. Fig. 3-020 (3) remove 2 e-rings [6] to remove the staple jam releasing gear [7], timing belt [8], and relay...

  • Page 814

    814 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-022 (7) turn the gear [16] to align the round hole in the staple driver gear with the round hole [17] at the back. Fig. 3-023 (8) insert a pin [18] with a diameter of approximately 2 mm (use of a 2 mm allen wrench is recommended) in the round hole to se...

  • Page 815

    815 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-025 (10) insert a pin [21] with a diameter of approximately 2 mm (use of a 2 mm allen wrench is recommended) in the round hole to secure the gear. Fig. 3-026 (11) with the gears and cam fixed, install the timing belt [22] on gears [23] and [24]. Fig. 3-...

  • Page 816

    816 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-029 2-3. Adjusting the phase of the gear in the saddle unit if the gears at the front of the saddle unit or the paper fold rollers in the sale unit are replaced or removed for some reason, adjust the gear phase following the procedure described below. (...

  • Page 817

    817 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-032 (4) turn the fold jam releasing dial assembly [4] to move the paper retaining plate assembly [5] to the inside. Fig. 3-033 (5) remove the stop ring [6], and detach the timing belt [7]. (6) disconnect 2 connectors [8]. Fig. 3-034 (7) remove 3 screws ...

  • Page 818

    818 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-036 (4) pull the processing stopper base [3] to the front, and free the claw [5] at the front and the claw [6] at the rear of the processing stopper [4]. Fig. 3-037 (5) disconnect 3 connectors [7]. (6) release 2 claws [8] of the harness retainer, and de...

  • Page 819

    819 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-038 (7) remove the stop ring [10], the flange [15], and detach the timing belt [11]. (8) disconnect the connector [12], and free the harness [14] from the edge saddle [13]. Fig. 3-039 (9) remove 2 screws [15], and slide the processing tray assembly [16]...

  • Page 820

    820 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-040 2-6. Removing the paddle assembly (1) remove the processing tray assembly. (see adjusting the phase of the gear in the saddle unit) (2) place the processing tray assembly [1] as shown. Caution: be sure to take care not to damage the aligning plate [...

  • Page 821

    821 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-043 2-7. Removing the staple/fold drive unit (1) open the front door [1], and slide out the stapler unit [2] slightly to the front. Fig. 3-044 (2) remove 1 screw [3], and detach the interface retainer [4]. (3) free the 6 harness retainers [5], and disco...

  • Page 822

    822 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-046 (9) remove 1 screw [15], and free the claw [17] of the harness guide from the long angle [16] of the base plate. Fig. 3-047 (10) disconnect 2 connectors [18], and free the harness [20] from the edge saddle [19]. Fig. 3-048 (11) remove 3 screws [21]....

  • Page 823

    823 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-049 (12) remove 1 screw [22], and detach the staple/ fold drive unit [23]. Fig. 3-050 2-8. Removing the feed motor unit (1) remove the rear cover. (see removing the rear cover) (2) release the harness retainer [5], and disconnect the connector [6]. (3) ...

  • Page 824

    824 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-051 2-9. Removing the feed roller (1) remove the upper cover. (see removing the upper cover) (2) remove the upper right cover assembly. (see removing the upper right cover assembly) (3) remove the feed motor unit. (see removing the paddle assembly) (4) ...

  • Page 825

    825 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-053 (7) remove the gear [5], and detach the gear [6] while spreading the claw. (8) remove the stop ring [7], and detach the bushing [8]. (9) remove 1 screws [9], and detach the inlet sensor [10]. (10) remove the lower paper guide [11]. Fig. 3-054 (11) r...

  • Page 826

    826 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-056 (3) turn the gear [2] in the direction of the arrow to move up the stack delivery roller assembly (upper) [3]. Fig. 3-057 (4) push up the stack delivery roller (upper) [4] from below to free the stack deliver roller (upper) [4] from the shaft [5]. F...

  • Page 827

    827 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-059 2-11. Removing the paddle (1) remove the paddle assembly. (see removing the saddle unit) (2) place the paddle assembly [1] as shown. Fig. 3-060 (3) turn the gear [2] in the direction of the arrow to move up the stack delivery roller assembly (upper)...

  • Page 828

    828 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-062 (5) push up the safety guide [4] from below to free the safety guide [4] from the shaft [5]. Fig. 3-063 (6) remove the paddle [6] in the direction of the arrow. (7) likewise, remove the other paddle. Fig. 3-064 2-12. Removing the stack delivery roll...

  • Page 829

    829 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-066 (4) remove the screw [5], and detach the paper guide (front) [7] while freeing 2 claws [6]. Fig. 3-067 (5) remove 1 screw [8]; then, while freeing the claw [9], detach the paper guide (rear) [10]. Fig. 3-068 (6) remove 2 stop rings [11]; then, move ...

  • Page 830

    830 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-070 (8) remove the stack delivery roller (lower) [15] and 2 delivery belts [16]. Fig. 3-071 caution: be sure to mount them so that the edges [17] of the claws of the delivery belts are flush. [16] [15] [17].

  • Page 831

    831 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.3.1.3. Pcbs fig. 3-072 3-1. Removing the finisher controller pcb (1) remove the rear cover. (see removing the rear cover) (2) disconnect 17 connectors [1], and remove 1 screw [2]. (3) free the pcb retainer [3], and detach the finisher controller pcb [4]. ...

  • Page 832

    832 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-075 (5) turn the tab [2] on the stapler side in the direction of the arrow so that the fixing screw [7] of the slide home position pcb [6] is in view through the round hole. (6) remove the fixing screw [7]. Fig. 3-076 (7) disconnect the connector [8]. (...

  • Page 833

    833 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.3.2. Punch unit (option) 12.1.3.2.1. Puncher driving system fig. 3-077 1-1. Removing the punch motor (1) remove 2 screws [1]. (2) disconnect the connector [2] to remove the punch motor [3]. Fig. 3-078 1-2. Removing the horizontal registration motor (1) di...

  • Page 834

    834 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-081 (5) disconnect the connector [6]. (6) remove 1 screw [7] and sensor support plate [8]. Fig. 3-082 (7) remove 1 screw [9] and washer [10]. (8) disconnect the connector [11]. (9) remove 2 screws [12] to detach the base cover [13]. [6] [8] [7] [9] [10]...

  • Page 835

    835 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-083 (10) remove 4 screws [14] to remove the upper transmission sensor unit [15] and lower transmission sensor [16]. Fig. 3-084 (11) remove the punch unit [18] from the horizontal registration motor assembly [17]. [15] [14] [14] [14] [16] [17] [18].

  • Page 836

    836 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.3.2.2. Pcbs fig. 3-085 2-1. Removing the punch controller pcb (1) remove 2 screws [1]. (2) disconnect 5 connectors [2] to remove the punch controller pcb [3]. Fig. 3-086 2-2. Removing the photo sensor pcb (1) remove the punch motor. (see removing the punc...

  • Page 837

    837 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-087 (4) disconnect the connector [5] to remove the photosensor pcb [6]. Fig. 3-088 2-3. Removing the led pcb (1) remove the waste case. (2) disconnect connector j1005 [1]. (3) remove the harness [3] from the harness guide [2]. [6] [5] [1] [3] [2].

  • Page 838

    838 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-089 (4) remove the screw [4] and washer [5]. (5) disconnect the connector [6]. (6) remove 1 screw [7] to detach the base cover [8]. Fig. 3-090 (7) remove 1 screw [9]. (8) disconnect the connector [10] to remove the led pcb [11]. [4] [5] [8] [6] [7] [9] ...

  • Page 839

    839 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 fig. 3-091 2-4. Removing the waste-full photo sensor pcb (1) remove the punch controller pcb. (see removing the punch controller pcb) (2) remove 2 screws [1] to remove the pcb film [2]. Fig. 3-092 (3) disconnect the connector [3] to remove the waste-full photo...

  • Page 840

    840 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.4. Maintenance and inspection 12.1.4.1. Periodically replaced parts 12.1.4.1.1. Finisher / saddle unit the unit does not have components that require periodical replacement. 12.1.4.1.2. Punch unit (option) the unit does not have components that require pe...

  • Page 841

    841 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.5. Troubleshooting 12.1.5.1. Standards and adjustments 12.1.5.1.1. Electrical system (finisher / saddle unit) 1. Adjusting the folding position the folding position is adjusted by matching it with the stapling position. If you have replaced the finisher c...

  • Page 842

    842 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2. Adjusting the middle 2-point stapling position (adjustment area : ±5 mm) the stapling position is adjusted by matching it with the folding position. If you have replaced the finisher controller pcb, you must transfer the existing settings to the new pcb. Pe...

  • Page 843

    843 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.5.1.2. Electrical system (punch unit; option) 1. Adjusting the sensor output perform the following when the punch controller pcb, horizontal registration sensor (photosensor pcb/led pcb), or waste full sensor (waste full photosensor pcb / waste full led p...

  • Page 844

    844 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2) set bits 1 through 4 on the punch controller pcb as follows : fig. 5-007 3) press sw1002 and sw1003 on the punch controller pcb at the same time. • the presses will initialize the eep-rom. At the end, all leds (led1001, led1002, led1003) will go on. 4) adju...

  • Page 845

    845 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.5.2. Arrangement of electric components 12.1.5.2.1. Finisher / saddle unit 1. Sensors, microswitches, and clutch fig. 5-008 pi19 pi20 pi21 pi18 pi4 ms1 ms3 pi24 ms2 pi22 pi23 pi16 pi17 pi13 pi15 pi12 pi1 pi11 pi10 pi9 pi7 pi8 pi6 cl1 pi3 pi2 pi5 pi14.

  • Page 846

    846 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 table 5-002 name notation description photo-interrupters pi1 inlet paper detection pi2 paddle home position detection pi3 stack roller home position detection pi4 aligning plate home position (front) detection pi5 aligning plate home position (rear) detection ...

  • Page 847

    847 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2. Motor pcbs fig. 5-009 m1 m2 m8 m5 m4 m3 m7 m6 [1].

  • Page 848

    848 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 table 5-003 name notation description motor m1 paddle motor m2 feed motor m3 delivery motor m4 alignment motor (front) m5 alignment motor (rear) m6 shift motor m7 staple / fold motor m8 slide motor finisher controller pcb [1] finisher control.

  • Page 849

    849 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.5.2.2. Punch unit (option) 1. Sensors fig. 5-010 table 5-004 name notation description photo-interrupters pi1p puncher home position detection pi2p horizontal registration home position detection pi3p punch motor clock detection pi3p pi1p pi2p.

  • Page 850

    850 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2. Motors fig. 5-011 table 5-005 name notation description motor m1p punch motor m2p horizontal registration motor m1 m2.

  • Page 851

    851 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 3. Pcbs fig. 5-012 table 5-006 ref. Name [1] punch controller pcb [2] photosensor pcb [3] led pcb [4] waste full photosensor pcb [5] waste full led pcb [1] [4] [2] [3] [5].

  • Page 852

    852 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.5.3. Leds and check pins by pcb of the leds and check pins used in the machine, those needed during servicing in the field are discussed. Caution: do not touch the check pins not found in the list herein. They are exclusively for factory use, and require ...

  • Page 853

    853 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.5.3.2. Punch controller pcb fig. 5-014 table 5-008 switch description sw1001 punch hole count registration / sensor output adjustment, etc. Sw1002 punch hole count registration / sensor output adjustment, etc. Sw1003 punch hole count registration / sensor...

  • Page 854

    854 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.5.4. Troubleshooting 12.1.5.4.1. Troubleshooting (finisher / saddle unit) 1. E7-26, finisher unit back-up memory fault table 5-010 2. E7-21, feed motor fault table 5-011 3. E7-51, delivery motor fault table 5-012 finisher controller pcb 1)turn off and the...

  • Page 855

    855 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4. E7-22, alignment plate motor (rear) fault table 5-013 5. E7-23, staple / fold motor fault table 5-014 table 5-015 table 5-016 aligning plate home position sensor (rear; pi5) 1) check the aligning plate home position sensor (rear). Is the sensor normal? No :...

  • Page 856

    856 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 6. E7-24, slide motor fault table 5-018 7. E7-22, alignment motor (front) fault table 5-019 8. E7-27, shift motor fault table 5-020 slide home position sensor (pi18) 1) check the slide home position sensor. Is the sensor normal? No :replace the sensor pcb. Wir...

  • Page 857

    857 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 9. E7-52, paddle motor fault (for da-fs405 /fs356/fs325 only) table 5-024 paddle home position sensor (pi2) 1) check the paddle home position sensor. Is the sensor normal? No :replace the sensor. Swing guide home position sensor (pi3) 2) check the swing guide ...

  • Page 858

    858 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.5.4.2. Troubleshooting (punch unit, option) 1. E7-54, communication faulty table 5-025 2. E7-55, punch unit power supply fault table 5-027 3. E7-28, punch motor fault table 5-028 finisher controller pcb, punch controller pcb 1) turn off and then on the ho...

  • Page 859

    859 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 4. E7-57, punch sensor (horizontal registration) fault table 5-029 5. E7-58, punch sensor (waste full) fault table 5-030 6. E7-29, horizontal registration motor fault table 5-031 horizontal registration sensor (photo sensor pcb / led pcb) 1) check the horizont...

  • Page 860

    860 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.5.5. Self diagnosis 12.1.5.5.1. Alarm 1. Finisher / saddle unit table 5-034 error condition timing of detection operation resetting stapler absent the stapler is not set. Monitored at all times the staple / fold motor (m7) and the slide motor (m8) will st...

  • Page 861

    861 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 2. Punch unit (option) table 5-035 error condition timing of detection operation resetting punch waste paper full the amount of waste paper in the waste case has reached the limit. During punching. Normal operation will continue. Remove the waste paper from th...

  • Page 862

    862 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.6. Appendix 12.1.6.1. Signals and abbreviations the following presents the abbreviations of signals used in this manual and in drawings, and the meaning of each signal. Reference: signals enclosed by brackets [ ] are electrical signals. Finisher / saddle-...

  • Page 863

    863 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 punch unit (option) signal name function clock punch motor clock detect signal dustled dust led on signal dustptr dust full detect signal paend paper end detect signal punch punch hp detect signal slide side registration hp detect signal sreg1 side registratio...

  • Page 864

    864 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.7. Schematic diagram 12.1.7.1. Finisher / saddle unit general circuit diagram cn23-3 dc+5v cn23-2 sgnd cn23-1 fjog_hp 1 2 3 cn20-1 fgnd cn20-2 pgnd cn20-3 dc+24vp cn20-4 n.C. 9 2 1 cn20a-1 sgnd cn20b-1 n.C. Cn20b-2 n.C. Cn20b-3 n.C. Cn20b-4 n.C. Cn20b-5 n...

  • Page 865

    865 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.1.7.2. Punch unit general circuit diagram 10 cn12 cn12 cn14 cn14 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 j2003 j2004 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 j1003 j1004 4 3 2 1 j1001 j20...

  • Page 866

    866 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.2. Da-fs402 / fs350 / fs320 12.2.1. General description 12.2.1.1. Features 1. Compact and light weight 2. Sorting and stapling by shift-sort sheet stacking, matching, offset stacking, and stapling are performed on a halfway-processing tray. 3. Stack tray lo...

  • Page 867

    867 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 note 1 : the number of sheets is computed based on 20 lb or 80 g/m 2 paper. Note 2 : alignment is not guaranteed if the stack consists of sheets of different sizes or staple/shift-sort modes. Stapling position: stapling position rear 1-point stapling refer to ...

  • Page 868

    868 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.2.1.3. Electrical components 12.2.1.4. Routine maintenance by the user name notation description motor 1 feed motor 2 alignment motor 3 stack tray elevation motor solenoid 4 paddle solenoid 5 large gear solenoid 6 paper detection solenoid stapler unit 7 sta...

  • Page 869

    869 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.2.2. Maintenance and inspection 12.2.2.1. Periodic part replacement the unit does not have components that require periodical replacement. 12.2.2.2. Consumables and durables some components may require replacement due to wear, deterioration or damage. Repla...

  • Page 870

    870 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (6) remove 1 screw (14021). (7) remove the rear cover assembly (14105). Note: when re-installing the cover, make sure 2 latch hooks are in the holes. (8) remove 2 screws (14021). (9) remove the tray assembly (14015). (10) remove 2 screws (14132) and 2 washers ...

  • Page 871

    871 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (13) disconnect all the harnesses on the cont pc board. (14) remove 1 screw (14133). (15) remove the cont pc board (14528). (16) lift up the guide base (14301) assembly. (17) clean the exit roller (14437). (18) disconnect the harness. (19) remove 1 screw (1402...

  • Page 872

    872 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (22) remove the tension spring (14524). (23) remove 1 snap ring (14523). (24) remove the lock lever shaft (14520) assembly as illustrated. (25) loosen 1 screw (14206). (26) remove 2 screws (14132). (27) remove the upper guide assembly as illustrated. Note: whe...

  • Page 873

    873 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (28) remove 1 snap ring (14234). (29) remove the feed roller gear (14202). (30) remove the bushing (14419). (31) remove the feed roller assembly (14411). (32) remove the feed arm assembly (14413). (33) remove 1 screw (14021) and 1 screw (14133). (34) remove th...

  • Page 874

    874 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (35) disconnect 3 harnesses (14129). Note: when re-installing, ensure that the harnesses are connected correctly as illustrated. (36) remove 1 snap ring (14234). (37) remove the exit roller gear (14201). (38) remove the bushing (14419)..

  • Page 875

    875 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (39) lift up the guide base (14301) assembly. (40) lift up the paper guide (14421). (41) remove the exit roller assembly (14436) as illustrated. (42) remove 1 screw (14443). (43) remove the staple safety switch (14441). (44) release the harness (14129) from th...

  • Page 876

    876 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (48) remove 2 screws (14236). (49) loosen 1 screw. (50) remove the staple unit (14438). (51) remove 2 screws (14133). (52) release the harness from the harness clamps. (53) disconnect 2 harnesses and remove the finisher interface cable. (54) disconnect the har...

  • Page 877

    877 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 (59) disconnect the harness. (60) release the harness from the clamp. (61) remove 4 screws (14132). (62) remove 2 screws (14021). (63) remove the slide base bracket (14503). (64) remove 2 screws (14021). (65) remove the set motor (14431) assembly. (66) disconn...

  • Page 878

    878 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 note: when re-installing, ensure that the harnesses are connected correctly as illustrated. (68) remove 2 screws (14442). (69) remove the set motor (14431)..

  • Page 879

    879 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.2.3. Operation and system description 12.2.3.1. Outline of operation da-ds330 and host machine exchange signals through serial communication and carry out the following 3 operation modes. • normal exit discharge the paper into the stack tray. • staple exit ...

  • Page 880

    880 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.2.3.3. Electrical parts (motor and solenoid functions) 12.2.3.3.1. Feed motor control 1. Feed motor, which moves paper feed, paddle drive, stack delivery unit elevation, is 1-2 phase exciting type, 2 phase stepping motor. Its control circuit is shown below....

  • Page 881

    881 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.2.3.3.3. Elevation motor control 1. Elevation motor, which moves stack tray up and down, is a +24v dc brush motor. The control circuit is shown below. 2. It is controlled by the combination of signals from p52 and p53 of ic2 in p.C.B. (pba-cont). Stack tray...

  • Page 882

    882 dp-c405/c305/c265 feb 2008 ver. 1.1 12.2.3.3.5. Large gear solenoid control 1. An up-and-down motion of the delivery unit is performed by changing the drive of feed motor, which is controlled by the large gear solenoid. If the large gear solenoid is turned on during rotation of the feed motor, t...

  • Page 883: Operating Instructions

    Dzsd001829-15 panasonic ® software operating instructions network firmware update tool for service technicians version 3.

  • Page 884

    Network firmware update tool (lan) page 2 table of contents 1. General 3 1.1 supported operating systems ................................................................................................................. 3 1.2 supported panasonic fax/mfp models............................................

  • Page 885

    Network firmware update tool (lan) page 3 1. General the network firmware update tool allows a pc or laptop connected via lan (tcp/ip) to a panasonic fax/mfp to quickly program the firmware code directly to the memory of the device. 1.1 supported operating systems this application software operation...

  • Page 886

    Network firmware update tool (lan) page 4 2. Installation 2.1 installing the network firmware update tool 1. Start microsoft windows. Log on to the computer/network from an account with administrator privileges. 2. Locate and run the setup (.Exe) program for network firmware update utility in the so...

  • Page 887

    Network firmware update tool (lan) page 5 2.3 uninstalling the network firmware update tool the network firmware update tool can be uninstalled by using the included uninstall program. Note: do not delete the installed program folder from windows explorer directly as it may cause registry setting pr...

  • Page 888

    Network firmware update tool (lan) page 6 3. Preparing the firmware update 3.1 preparing the unit to accept the firmware code 3.1.1 for dx-600 / dx-800 (v1.31 or higher) only 1. If the device password was changed (remote password) from the default value (blank = 0000), it is not possible to program ...

  • Page 889

    Network firmware update tool (lan) page 7 4. Using the network firmware update tool 1. Please close all applications that are currently running. Note: when using the network firmware update tool you must be logged on with administrator privileges. 2. From the windows desktop, double-click on the net...

  • Page 890

    Network firmware update tool (lan) page 8 4. Enter the device location on the network by using either manual input or device address list methods. Manual input tab device name: type the name of the device you are updating (i.E. Dp-3010) ip address: type the ip address of the device you are updating ...

  • Page 891

    Network firmware update tool (lan) page 9 6. Specify the firmware code file using one of the following methods: 6.1 select a parent file folder (complete set) if the archive file is already extracted into the local panasonic-fup\data folder, you can select the parent file folder directly from here. ...

  • Page 892

    Network firmware update tool (lan) page 10 6.1c select the firmware type based on the options installed in the machine, and click [ok]. 6.1d firmware code file selection is completed. Click [next>]. Continue to section 7. 6.2a select independent file folders select “select independent file folders” ...

  • Page 893

    Network firmware update tool (lan) page 11 6.2b select the firmware code file folder for pnl (for example: sfdl2pnlaav100000_pu.Bin) and click [ok]. 6.2c repeat steps for other firmware code file folders if applicable, and click [ok]. 6.2d firmware code file selection is completed. Click [next>]. Co...

  • Page 894

    Network firmware update tool (lan) page 12 7. The version check for the specified devices starts automatically. If 0 destinations fail the version check go to the next step. Click [next>]. Note: if a timeout error occurs, please confirm that the device is not currently in service mode and also that ...

  • Page 895

    Network firmware update tool (lan) page 13 10. Data is then transferred to the spooler, and the update is started. The spooler screen appears automatically showing the progress of the data transfer. The spooler will take time to open depending on the number of addresses to update. 11. When the trans...

  • Page 896

    Network firmware update tool (lan) page 14 13. Confirm the message in the text box and click [ok] to close the tool. Or.

  • Page 897: Operating Instructions

    Dzsd000965-18 panasonic ® software operating instructions local firmware update tool for service technicians version 3.

  • Page 898

    Local firmware update tool (parallel /usb port) page 2 table of contents 1. General 3 1.1 supported operating systems ................................................................................................................. 3 1.2 supported panasonic fax/mfp models...............................

  • Page 899

    Local firmware update tool (parallel/usb port) page 3 1. General the local firmware update tool (parallel/usb) enables a pc to program the firmware code directly to the memory of the panasonic fax/mfp machine. The installation and operation are very similar to the installation of a usb or parallel p...

  • Page 900

    Local firmware update tool (parallel /usb port) page 4 2. Installation 2.1 installing the hardware port on the panasonic fax/mfp machine 1 depending on the model, either a parallel port or a usb port is required in the machine. If the machine is not already equipped with one of these ports please in...

  • Page 901

    Local firmware update tool (parallel/usb port) page 5 2.3 installing usb firmware update driver (for the usb port model only) 1 after installation of the local firmware update tool, if you need to install the usb firmware update driver, please first set the unit to "update from usb/* in progress *" ...

  • Page 902

    Local firmware update tool (parallel /usb port) page 6 2.4 uninstalling the local firmware update tool the local firmware update tool can be uninstalled by using it’s uninstall program. Note: do not delete the installed program folder from windows explorer directly, due to possible registry setting ...

  • Page 903

    Local firmware update tool (parallel/usb port) page 7 3. Preparing the firmware update 3.1 preparing the unit to accept the firmware code please refer to the service manual for instructions to set the unit to firmware update mode (service mode). 3.2 preparing the firmware code copy the firmware code...

  • Page 904

    Local firmware update tool (parallel /usb port) page 8 4. Using the local firmware update tool 1 set the machine to the firmware update mode and then connect the unit and pc with a parallel cable or usb cable depending on machine option. Note: for the usb port models, the plug & play of the printer ...

  • Page 905

    Local firmware update tool (parallel/usb port) page 9 5 specify the firmware code file by the following methods. Select a parent file folder (complete set) --> step 5.1 if the archive file is already extracted into the local \data folder, you can select the parent file folder directly here. It is ch...

  • Page 906

    Local firmware update tool (parallel /usb port) page 10 5.1c select the firmware type and click [ok]. 5.1d firmware code file selection is completed. Click [next >] please proceed to step 6..

  • Page 907

    Local firmware update tool (parallel/usb port) page 11 5.2 5.2a select an independent file select "select an independent file" and click [browse...] button. 5.2b select the firmware code file (for example sfdl2pnlaav100000_pu.Bin) and click [open]. 5.2c firmware code file selection is completed. Cli...

  • Page 908

    Local firmware update tool (parallel /usb port) page 12 6 the selected firmware code file(s) are indicated. Uncheck the box if you do not need to transfer a file. On the unit side: set the unit to the firmware update mode. Before proceeding ensure that a usb cable or a parallel cable are connected f...

  • Page 909

    Local firmware update tool (parallel/usb port) page 13 unit information of the firmware update mode: for usb connected unit (dp-2310/3010 only): every time the machine finishes receiving a firmware code file the unit deletes and rewrites the firmware code and will return to service mode again. Set t...

  • Page 910

    Local firmware update tool (parallel /usb port) page 14 10 confirm the message in the text box and click [ok] to close the tool. Or.

  • Page 911: Operating Instructions

    Pjqmc1131za panasonic ® software operating instructions sd card firmware writing tool for service technicians version 1.

  • Page 912

    Sd card firmware writing tool page 2 table of contents 1. General 3 1.1 supported operating systems ................................................................................................................. 3 1.2 supported panasonic fax/mfp models.................................................

  • Page 913

    Sd card firmware writing tool page 3 1. General this service tool will create a master firmware sd memory card to program the firmware code directly to the memory of the panasonic mfp machine without requiring a direct pc interface to the machine. The master firmware sd memory card uses the same fir...

  • Page 914

    Sd card firmware writing tool page 4 2. Installation 2.1 installing the sd card firmware writing tool 1 start microsoft windows. Log on to the computer from an account with administrator privileges. 2 locate and run the setup(.Exe) program in the firmsdcard folder contained in the software setup dis...

  • Page 915

    Sd card firmware writing tool page 5 3. Preparing the creation of a master firmware sd memory card 3.1 preparing the firmware code copy the firmware code file(s) to the following folder: c:\panasonic\panasonic-fup\data note: an archive file (i.E. Dp-2310_pu_030327.Exe) extracts the firmware code fil...

  • Page 916

    Sd card firmware writing tool page 6 4. Creating a master firmware sd memory card 1 insert sd memory card into the sd memory card reader/writer of your pc. Note: please check the sd memory card reader/writer before this procedure begins to ensure it works properly. The sd card must contain at least ...

  • Page 917

    Sd card firmware writing tool page 7 5 confirm the source firmware parent file folder and output destination (sd memory card), and click [create]. 6 start copying firmware code files… 7 the completion message is displayed when copying is completed. Click [ok]. 8 a firmware deletion confirmation scre...

  • Page 918

    Sd card firmware writing tool page 8 10 click [finish] to close the tool. Note: 1) confirm the copied firmware code files in the sd memory card if a large capacity sd memory card is used, multiple model's firmware code files can be stored into one sd memory card. The firmware code files are stored i...

  • Page 920

    Published in japan.